A7 Plus - A9 Series 2007 Rev. 9

Series 2007 Technical manual

After Sales Service - Plant Via Bicocca 14/c 40026 Imola (BO) I t a l y - T e l . + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 4 4 1 - F a x + + 3 9 0542 6 5 3 5 9 6 E-mail: ser [email protected]

A7 PLUS - A9

Series 2007

Technical manual C o d . 9 7 0 7 1 0 9 0 r e v. 9

After Sales Service - Plant Via Bicocca 14/c 40026 Imola (BO) I t a l y - T e l . + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 4 4 1 - F a x + + 3 9 0542 6 5 3 5 9 6 E-mail: ser [email protected]

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

A.

Preinstallation

B.

Installation

C.

Instruments board and display symbols

D.

Service menu

E.

Restoring factory settings

F.

How to quit shutdown/fault conditions

G.

List of Can Bus signals

HI.

Control path

JK.

List of fault

L.

Boards layout

M.

Replacing spare parts

NO. Venus Plus operating light PQ.

Hygien System

R.

Special tools

S.

Electric diagrams

General contents

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CONTENTS 1 - FOREWORD ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 2 2 - GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................. 2 3 - PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................... 2 3.1 - LOCATION OF DENTAL UNIT ................................................................................................................. 2 3.2 - ELECTRICAL HOOK-UP ........................................................................................................................... 3 3.3 - AIR AND WATER CONNECTIONS (DRAINAGE, SUCTION) ............................................................ 3 4 - SHIPMENT ............................................................................................................................................................ 4 4.1 - SHIPMENT AND STORAGE ...................................................................................................................... 4 4.2 - DAMAGE DURING SHIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 4 5 - PACKAGING OF THE UNIT .............................................................................................................................. 5 6 - CONNECTIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 6

Preinstallation

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1 - FOREWORD These instructions are intended for all the personnel who service and/or repair the Cefla Dental Group equipments. All the specific information required is provided.

1.1 - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS All the safety instructions that help prevent any hazardous situations and operate the equipment in a trouble-free manner are given in the user’s manual as explained below: WARNING: This alert symbol indicates that the users and/or the patients run high risks and can be seriously injured if the equipment or certain devices are used incorrectly or improperly, or the recommended safety precautions are not taken to avoid hazardous situations. CAUTION: Indicates that the operator is to take all the required precautions in order for all devices and/or equipment to be used safely and efficiently. When the equipment is received, check the packing container for any damage suffered. If evident damage is found, immediately call the shipping agents and file a claim for damage. Carefully inspect the equipment for any missing or damaged parts. For any complaints, immediately contact Cefla Dental Group.

2 - GENERAL Cefla Dental Group shall be responsible for the reliability and efficiency of the equipment as well as the safety of the operating personnel provided that: - the installation, modifications, settings or repairs are made by authorised persons using Cefla Dental Group original spare parts; - the electrical wiring in the surgery complies with IEC 60364-7-710:2002 engineering regulations; - the equipment is used as outlined in User’s Manual, No. 97050103. The equipment carries a IMQ type-approval mark in compliance with the EN 60601-01 standards (Class I, type B) and conforms with the Directive, 93/42/EC (Class 2, A). WARNING: Maintenance work on the suction/drainage system must be carried out using gloves, face mask and eye goggles to prevent contact with infected material.

3 - PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 - LOCATION OF DENTAL UNIT Before installing the dental unit and chair, prepare the surgery considering the overall dimensions (see plan no. 97042042). In addition, make all the required internal and external electrical and water connections to the floor box. To do this, refer to the 1:1 scale plan no. 97042042.

2

Preinstallation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3.2 - ELECTRICAL HOOK-UP The system must have an effective earth ground that conforms to local regulations. In particular, in Italy, this is to be done in compliance with the IEC 60364-7-710:2002 specification which states that a ground fault circuit interrupter is to be installed before the electrical wiring: If the voltage is = 230V - 50HZ - rated current: 10 A (BEND D). - breaking capacity: 0.03 A. If the voltage is = 100/115V - 60HZ - rated current: 16 A (BEND D). - breaking capacity: 0.03 A. With no D turn differential switch it is suggested to installon unit the electricity limiter cod. 91109067.

Power supply Normally, the equipment is supplied for 230 V, 50 Hz. Different power supplies (e.g. 115V - 60Hz) are available on request. Supply: 3x1.5 type H05 RRF Auxiliary control: 2x0.5 type H05 RRF Suction system control: 3x1 type H05 RRF

3.3 - AIR AND WATER CONNECTIONS (DRAINAGE, SUCTION) Install a cock to shut off the water and air supply to the dental unit. Air supply - pressure: 6-8 Bar; - flow rate: 82 litres/minute (approx.); - free of impurities; - dry; - free of oil; - if needed, install a heavy duty filter (40-50 micron) before the air supply; - connection at floor level: 1/2 Gas female fitting; - before installing, bleed the air line. Water supply - pressure: 3-5 Bar (if the pressure exceeds 5 bar, install a pressure reducer at the inlet of the dental unit) - flow rate: 10 litres/minute (approx); - free of impurities; - water hardness no greater than 60 mg/l (if exceeded, it is advisable to install a water softener); - connection at floor level: 1/2 Gas female fitting; - before installing, drain the water line.

Preinstallation

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Drain - minimum outflow rate: 10 litres/minute; - inside pipe diameter: 40mm, outlet at floor level; - min. inclination: 1cm/m. Suction system - capacity no less than 450 litres/minute; - inside diameter of duct: 40 mm, outlet at floor level. CAUTION: A good suction system should have 45° and not 90° bends.

4 - SHIPMENT 4.1 - SHIPMENT AND STORAGE CARTONPALLET-type packages are used. The shipment and storage instructions are printed on the outside:

Keep as indicated by the arrow

Protect against shocks

Protect against humidity

Do not use hooks The required storage conditions are indicated: - temperature from –10° to +70°C - relative humidity from 10 to 90% - atmospheric pressure from 500 to 1060 hPa

4.2 - DAMAGE DURING SHIPMENT If the packages are found to be damaged on delivery, accept them with reserve by signing the delivery note and indicating that the “CONTENTS ARE ACCEPTED BUT THEY NEED TO BE CHECKED”. If the contents are actually damaged, notify the shipping agent and claim for damages within 5 work days. The claim is to be made by the person who commissioned the shipping agent, i.e.: - if the goods are delivered “carriage forward”, the receiver shall notify the shipping agent; - if the goods are shipped “carriage free” or “free delivered”, the consigner shall notify the shipping agent and file a claim for damages. In this case, Cefla Dental Group shall be informed as soon as possible. The damaged parts returned to Cefla Dental Group for replacement shall be placed inside the damaged package. Return to Cefla Dental Group shall be “carriage free” (at the expense of the consigner), while shipment back to the customer shall be at the expense of Cefla Dental Group (carriage free). 4

Preinstallation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5 - PACKAGING OF THE UNIT

Package

Procedure

Notes

Box 1

Remove the metal staples fastening the carton to the wooden base and lift up. Release the chair from the wooden base, taking out the two screws which hold it in place and lift it up holding it under the seat casting line. Important! Don’t lift the chair from its white plastic parts.

Do not move the chair grasping its backrest, since it could break. Take out all the items contained in it and move them over to the area where the chair will be assembled.

Box 2

Remove the metal staples fastening the carton to The dental unit is fastened to the wooden base the wooden base and lift up. by a bracket and a pin: do not take out the dental unit until you are ready to fasten it to the chair. Take all the other items over to the area where the dental unit will be assembled.

Preinstallation

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 6 - CONNECTIONS A - WATER OUTFLOW: Ø 40 (internal). B - CENTRAL UNIT ASPIRATOR OR DISCHARGING AIR FROM BUILT-IN ASPIRATOR: Ø 40 (interno). C - AIR: copper or nylon (rilsan) tube Ø 14, outlet Ø 1/2” Gas female tube on the floor level. D - WATER INFLOW: outlet Ø 1/2” Gas female tube on the floor level. E - 230Vac - 50Hz POWER SUPPLY: 3x1,5 mm² (with cable H05 RRF). BILL LEAD: 2x0,5 mm². CONTROL LEAD FOR SUCTION MASCHINE: 3x1 mm². F - DENTAL CHAIR MOUNTING HOLES: drill hole Ø 10 deep ≥ 50 mm for expander anchors. M - MULTIMEDIA CONNECTIONS (refer to 97042042 installation diagram): 50 mm iØ flexible conduit. K - VENUS PLUS TML CEILING MOUNTED LAMP (see specific installation plan code 97042054). K1 - VENUS PLUS CL CEILING-MOUNTED LAMP CENTER FOR INSTALLATION IN RIGHT-HANDED DENTAL UNITS (see specific installation plan code 97042067).

Chair backrest axis

Usable space for connections Container base for connections Seat

Guard

6

Preinstallation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION

Preinstallation

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CONTENTS 1 - HANDLING AND SHIPMENT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ........................................................................... 2 1.1 - General procedure ......................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 - Instructions for use ........................................................................................................................................ 2 1.3 - Set-up of the levers (ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs) .................................................................................... 2 2 - PLACING THE DENTAL CHAIR ...................................................................................................................... 3 3 - REMOVING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS ............................................................................................. 3 4 - ARRANGING THE DENTAL UNIT INSTALLATION ................................................................................... 4 5 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL UNIT ................................................................................................................... 5 6 - ATTACHING THE TUBES TO THE DENTAL CHAIR .................................................................................. 6 7 - INSTALLING THE FLOOR BOX ...................................................................................................................... 7 8 - CONNECTING THE HYDROPNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC SYSTEM .................................................. 8 8.1 - Hydropneumatic connections ....................................................................................................................... 8 8.2 - Electrical connections .................................................................................................................................. 12 8.3 - Suction electrical connection ...................................................................................................................... 14 9 - DENTAL CHAIR LEVELLING ........................................................................................................................ 15 10 - ARMS LEVELLING AND FRICTION SETTING ....................................................................................... 16 11 - FIXING THE FOOT CONTROL .................................................................................................................... 17 12 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS........................................................................................ 17 13 - INSTALLING THE SECURITY PLATE AND THE TWO COVERS PLACED AT THE BASE OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ............................................................................................................................... 18 14 - ADJUSTING THE DENTIST’S INSTRUMENT BOARD ........................................................................... 19 15 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ONLY CONTINENTAL VERSION ................................................................. 19 16 - INSTALLING THE WATER SUPPLIERS TO THE CUP............................................................................ 20 17 - INSTALLING THE SUCTION TUBES .......................................................................................................... 20 18 - OPERATING LAMP ........................................................................................................................................ 20 19 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ............................................................................... 21 20 – PNEUMATIC HEADREST INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 21 21 - ADJUSTING THE OSCILLATING ARM SPRING...................................................................................... 22 22 - CHECK DURING THE ASSEMBLING AND/OR PERIODICAL ATTENSIONS ................................... 23 24 - INSTALLING THE COVER OF THE FLOOR BOX ................................................................................... 24 23 - PADDING THE SEAT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ...................................................................................... 24 25 - RAISING THE DENTAL CHAIR ................................................................................................................... 25

Installation

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1 - HANDLING AND SHIPMENT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR 1.1 - General procedure IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND RULES WHICH MUST BE READ ALONG WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE. An ID code and warning symbol are stamped on each rod (see instructions manual). The rods have been treated with rust-preventative and must only be used to lift and handle the dental chairs indicated in the instructions manual. The rods must not be used for any other purpose than that specified in the instructions. The rods must be kept in a suitable sheltered place to prevent the material from rusting or deteriorating. The rods must be used together to avoid placing too great a load on only two of them causing them to bend or be damaged.

1.2 - Instructions for use - do not change the set-up of the dental chair (it should remain as it was in its packing) or apply any other weight. - when the chair is being handled make sure the load remains perfectly level to prevent all the weight from bearing down on two levers and just one operator. - each time the rods are used make sure that the tooth of the rod is correctly inserted in the rectangular slot provided (see attached illustrations). - periodically check the condition of the rods. - these rods can only be used for handling ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs. - the overall weight of the dental chair is 110 Kg whereas the dental unit weighs 70 Kg.

1.3 - Set-up of the levers (ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs)

Fig. 1

99918926

99918932

99918929

2

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 2 - PLACING THE DENTAL CHAIR When positioning the dental chair, take hold of the metal parts near the electrical and air connections and place it as required. WARNING. the plastic parts are not strong enough to be used as hand-holds when moving the chair.

3 - REMOVING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS Completely raise the dental chair feeding it directly. Connect connector KS (seat motor power supply) to connector K2 until the dental chair reaches the desired height.

Fig. 2

KSC M1 K2 K1 KS

Backrest motor Power supply Upward Downward Seat motor

Dental chair main board (code 97660578)

Remove the carters B (fixed by pression), C (fixed by 4 screws), A (fixed by 4 screws). Fig. 3

B C

A

Installation

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 4 - ARRANGING THE DENTAL UNIT INSTALLATION Let completely down the dental chair (mechanical end of stroke) by using the power cable and plugging connector KS (seat motor power supply) into connector K1 until it reaches the desired level.

Fig. 4

KSC M1 K2 K1 KS

Backrest motor Power supply Upward Downward Seat motor

Dental chair main board (code 97660578)

4

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL UNIT - Unpack the dental unit - Remove the screw below the instrument table. - Remove completely the vertical metallic holder by unscrwung the two fitting screws in his below part. - By keeping the unit balanced, remove the two screws which fix the dental unit support to the metal bracket on the wood pallet. - Now two people are required to hold the unit and fix it to the dental chair. One should hold the arm of the instrument table, and the other should hold in the points indicated in the picture 5. CAUTION.

Fig. 5

When lifting the dental unit never grasp the assistant’s board’s arm.

Metal frame: Lift here

Wooden shim

Lift here

Guide pins

In order to make the operation easier, use the two guide pins on the dental chair as well as the pin located underneath the hydro-group. The latter, together with a wooden shim, is used to bring the hydrogroup level with the dental chair and ensure the floor is not damaged in any way. Four hex. socket head screws (TCEI M8x80) are used to fasten the dental unit to the chair. It is important to grease the screws before using them. Cover the 4 screws with the appropriate carter.

Installation

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 6 - ATTACHING THE TUBES TO THE DENTAL CHAIR Raise completely the dental chair by using the power cable and plugging connector KS (seat motor power supply) into connector K2 until it reaches the desired level. Fig. 6 KSC M1 K2 K1 KS

Backrest motor Power supply Upward Downward Seat motor

Dental chair main board (code 97660578)

- Place the pipes/cabels group (a) along the pantograph of the chair. - Push the pipes maximum back, to have a large tubes bending (Fig. 7/b). - Fix the pipes group with the clamps 97556900 (b) as indicated in the pictures 7/c. The clamps (b) will be hidden by the chair plastic cover. Fig. 7/a

a

Fig. 7/b

Fig. 7/c

b

6

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 7 - INSTALLING THE FLOOR BOX The clamping screws are already mounted in the base of the dental chair: they must be turned out before inserting the floor box.

Fig. 8

Screws

Installation

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8 - CONNECTING THE HYDROPNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC SYSTEM 8.1 - Hydropneumatic connections Remove the caps fitted into the water drainpipe and the air suction hose to prevent the remaining water from gushing out. Connect the water pipes and the air hoses as illustrated in fig. 9/a/b/c/d/e/f/g. In order to avoid errors, each fitting comes with a piece of the corresponding pipe/hose. Remove it before connecting the water/air lines. To connect the drain and suction system, use the fittings and the seal supplied with the dental unit. CAUTION. Drain and bleed the air and water lines before connecting them. After the hydro-pneumatic connections, check the air and water pressure with the special pressure gauge code 91104498 (See “SPECIAL TOOLS”).

(Until: 06/2008)

Connection (Ø1/8”)for checking Connection (Ø 1/8”) for chewater pressure (use pressure gau- cking air pressure (use pressure ge cod. 91104498) gauge cod. 91104498) Air inlet (Blue pipe Ø 6x8)

Clear hose Ø 3x1.7 (Pneumatic headrest air) Blue pipe Ø 3x5 (Air 3 Bar)

Fig. 9/a

Green pipe Ø 3x5 SHS tank outlet (SHS with WHE/Bioster)

Blue pipe Ø 3x5 (Air W.H.E.) Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air 6 Bar - hydrogroup) White tube Ø 6x4 (air quick-connect coupler)

(A) White pipe Ø 6x4 marked in black/WW (with W.H.E/Bioster). White pipe Ø 6x4 (Water quick-connect coupler) (A) White pipe Ø 6x4 marked in black/WW Water for instruments (Without WHE/Bioster; with SHS) Water inlet (Green pipe Ø 6x8)

8

Transparent pipe Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain) (A) White pipe Ø 6x4marked in black/WW Water for instruments (Without WHE/Bioster/ SHS) White pipe Ø 6x4 (without W.H.E). white pipe Ø 6x4 marked in black/WW (with W.H.E).

W.H.E.

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) (From: 07/2008) WHE Fig. 9/b Clear hose Ø 3x1.7 (Pneumatic headrest air) Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8)

Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar)

Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank)

White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

WHE + SHS Fig. 9/c Clear hose Ø 3x1.7 (Pneumatic headrest air) Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar)

Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8)

Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8)

Green tube Ø 3x5 (SANASPRAY tank) White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

Installation

Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

9

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

WHE + SANASPRAY + BIOSTER Fig. 9/d Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar) Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8)

Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8)

Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank)

Green tube Ø 3x5 (SANASPRAY tank) White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

WHE + BIOSTER Fig. 9/e Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar)

Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8)

Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8)

Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank) White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

10

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

SANASPRAY + BIOSTER Fig. 9/f Green tube Ø 3x5 (SANASPRAY tank)

Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar)

Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit) Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8) Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank) White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

BIOSTER Fig. 9/g

Blue tube Ø 3x5 (Air outlet 3 Bar) Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8) Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank) White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking (Bowl water) Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Condensate drain)

Installation

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)

11

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8.2 - Electrical connections Connection for dental chair Connect the main power supply on K1 and the CAN-BUS cable on KCB2 (connection board code 97660576 - see fig. 10). Connections for dental unit Connect the electrical cables coming from the hydrogroup as indicated in fig. 10 (connection board code 97660576). WARNING: before the connection of the main supply (230 Vac), check the main switch of the dental surgery is OFF. Connect the main supply on M2 (boad 97660576): LINE on “L” - NEUTRAL on “N”. Check the power supply voltage in the dental unit (connector M2), which must be 230 (+/-10%)Vac: - If the voltage is too low, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position –10. - If the voltage is too high, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position +10. Connect the foot control by plugging in the connector KPE. 1 - 2:Connection for the lamp (fixed on the unit)

Fig. 10

7 -8:Connection for the bell 9 - 10: Connection for centralized suction (ASP C) KTL: Connection relè for single suction (RELE’ ASP.)

M2 Dental unit power supply connection - 230Vac

M4 Main switch connection

Connection board - Code 97660576

K1 Main supply output for dental chair (M1 - Dental chair board code 97660578)

- KCB1 (Hydrogroup board code 97660583) KCB2 -

- Dental unit foot control KAL1 - (Hydrogroup board code 97660583)

K6 (Used only for the pneumatic headrest’s keyboard)

K6 J6 M1 KP

KCB1 KCB2

12

KMU-(Monitor supplier board code 97660616) - closed J5 of card code 97660576)

Dental chair main board - Code 97660578

J6 normally closed. J6 open: - with single dental chair - with dental unit without assistant’s board Dental chair main supply inlet connection -230Vac (K1 -Connection board code 97660576)

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Image freeze cable connection: camera mounted on monitor; Workstation; external PC.

(Dental chair) Fig. 11

(Monitor / Workstation power supply code 97660616)

Image freeze cable (white wire; brown wire; green wire)

M7: image freeze M7 connection for camera mounted on monitor F.I.

M6: image freeze connection for Workstation or external M6 PC (with or without image capturing card V-USB2 cod. 76610101).

Installation

13

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8.3 - Suction electrical connection SINGLE SUCTION LINE - 230 Vac

KTL Differential safety switch

Optional

Code 97660576

230 Vac - TO SUCTION MOTOR

CENTRALIZED SUCTION

9 10

M1 RL2

RL2: the relay can support a maximum current of 2A.

Code 97660576

TO SUCTION CONTROL PANEL (SINGLE CONTACT)

14

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 9 - DENTAL CHAIR LEVELLING Mount a level on the dental unit’s arms (see the drawing 12) and work on the controlling foots of the dental chair. CAUTION. To keep these foots grappled, use the hexagonal key (a) but also the special instrument (b) present in the kit supplied (Fig. 13).

Fig. 12

Level the chair by using the base feet. First adjust feet A, B and C. Allow the remaining feet to rest on the floor and then secure the dental chair in place (F - Fig. 13) Fig. 13 a F b C B A

Installation

15

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 10 - ARMS LEVELLING AND FRICTION SETTING Fig. 14

B A Friction * Friction

Code 99919134

* Friction adjustment: - Release the screw A. Operate on part B with the special key code 99919134 to adjust the friction of the arm.

Position the pantograph arm horizontally and remove the 2 covers.

Pantograph arm springs

Fig. 15

Grub screw to block adjustment screw

Leveling screw instrument board With the instrument board in its work condition with the brake released, the arm should not move up or down On the contrary, tighten or loosen the arm’s springs. 16

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 11 - FIXING THE FOOT CONTROL The cable is secured in a fixed position with clips (a), while the clamp is at point (b). The cable of the rheostat foot control is to be attached to connector KPE.

Fig. 16

b a

12 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS Install again the removed carters. Fig. 17

Installation

17

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 13 - INSTALLING THE SECURITY PLATE AND THE TWO COVERS PLACED AT THE BASE OF THE DENTAL CHAIR The foot control board (a) is fixed in place with the two screws (b) which are to be found in the base of the dental chair: to install the foot control simply remove one of the screws. To tighten the screws, use an 8-mm Allen wrench. The foot control (c) is simply fitted into place. Fig. 18 b

a

b

c

18

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 14 - ADJUSTING THE DENTIST’S INSTRUMENT BOARD Two dowels (a, b) are provided in the dentist’s instrument table support: - The top dowel (a) is used to control the friction of dentist’s instrument table; - The bottom dowel (b) is used to prevent the instrument table from turning round. Attach the round sticker (c) as illustrated.

Classe A7 Plus International

Classe A7 Plus Continental/A9

Fig. 19/a

Fig. 19/b

a b

c a

b c

15 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ONLY CONTINENTAL VERSION Assemble the tray-holding table, which is fastened by a self-locking nut which is already screwed into the hinge under the instrument table.It is important to check the nut locking strength, so the tray-holding table can move with a certain smoothness.

Fig. 20 Nylon washer Self-locking nut

Installation

19

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 16 - INSTALLING THE WATER SUPPLIERS TO THE CUP Classe A7 Plus/A9 Fig. 21

17 - INSTALLING THE SUCTION TUBES Classe A7 Plus

Classe A9 Fig. 22/b

Fig. 22/a

18 - OPERATING LAMP - Feed the power supply cable (b) into the lamp stand (a) and assemble the stand (a) in its place after having greased its end. - Link the connector from the light to the corresponding one from the dental unit. - Insert the operating light support arms pin (c) into the dental unit post extension (a). It is not necessary to grease the hinge (c) of the lamp since the grease that is already there is sufficient, and the bush inside the stand is made of self-lubricating material. Fig. 23 VENUS PLUS LAMP Mount the label

c b a 20

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 19 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD - Insert the tray-holder (a) in the relative support (b). To lock/unlock the tray holder, simply using the clutch knob (c).

Fig. 24 c a

b

20 – PNEUMATIC HEADREST INSTALLATION - Insert the head-rest in its own guides inside the metal part of the back-rest. - Screw the 2 TCEI M4x6 endstop screws with the relative washers, supplied with the apparatus, in the headrest rod as shown in fig. 25. - Be sure that the head-rest cannot be moved up. - Conecte el cable eléctrico (sólo para el reposa-cabezas con la botonera de mandos en el sillón) y el tubo del aire, tal y como indica la figura 26. - Using two clamps block the system in the points a, as shown in fig. 27. Fig. 26

Fig. 25

Fig. 27

Installation

21

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 21 - ADJUSTING THE OSCILLATING ARM SPRING - Remove the two side “plugs” by pulling them sideways and outwards (see fig.28, point a). - Remove the instrument holder by loosening the 4 screws which secure it to the board. - Once the holder has been removed, take out the pivot pin it rotates on. The pin does not have a stop and can simply be pulled out by hand (see fig.28, point b). - Remove the arm from the plastic support (fig.28 point c) being careful to make sure the spring does not come out of its seat. Once the arm has been removed, a set of holes marked with a number (fig.29) can be seen. One end of the spring will be secured in one of these holes (fig.28, point e). - Remove the spring and position it in the hole required (fig.29). To make the arm spring back more quickly, place the spring in a hole marked with a higher number than the previous one. On the other hand, to slacken the arm a little, place the end of the spring in a hole marked with a lower number than the previous one. - Reposition the spring on the arm between the new hole and the stop seat provided (fig.28, point f). - Install the arm in the support again. - Make sure the end of the spring is correctly placed in the hole at the bottom of the support (see fig.28, point h). - Re-install the pin carefully in order to secure everything in place. - Once the arm has been secured to the board, put back the two plugs.

Fig. 29

Fig. 28

c

i

a

e d

g

f b

TABLE SHOWING THE PRE-LOAD POSITIONS OF THE INSTRUMENT HOLDER SPRING: Type of instrument Pre-load position Satelec SUPRASSON scaler 4 EMS scaler 4 LUZZANI 6F syringe 8 Turbines (all) 8 T LED light 11 MC2/MC3 micromotor 14 ID CAM Telecamera 8

22

a h

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

22 - CHECK DURING THE ASSEMBLING AND/OR PERIODICAL ATTENSIONS

UNIT: DOCTOR TABLE • Tension check of the pantograph arm springs • Air pressure calibration in the turbine (+/- 8% vs. limits indicated by producer) • Cooling air regulation of the micromotor inside air cooling • Instrument water and spray regulation • Check hot air and hot water syringe working • Check all controll for instrument and chair • Microprocessor / doctor console check • F.O. voltage regulation/test • Friction regulation of the tray-holder table • Instruments arm spring calibration • Test and efficiency turbines and handpieces

Used instrument

Result OK

/ manometer flowmeter/manometer / / / / voltmeter / / /

… value______ value______ … … … … value______ … … …

/ / /

… … …

voltmeter

value______

manometer

value______

manometer / /

value______ … …

/ / /

… … …

/ /

… …

/ /

… …

/ / / /

… … … …

/ / / /

… … … …

/ / / /

… … … …

/ / / /

… … … …

manometer /

value______ …

UNIT: HYDRO-GROUP • Suction system check • Water delivery to cup and cuspidor regulation • Test of hygienising system working UNIT: FLOOR BOX • Check voltage: 230 (+/- 10&) Vac • Inlet air pressure check with pressure gauge code 91104498 [high pressure: 6 (+/- 0,25) Bar; low pressure: 3 (+/- 0,25) Bar] • Inlet water pressure check with pressure gauge code 91104498 [water pressure: 2,5 (+/- 0,25) Bar] • Test of the connection tighness in water • Check main switch on and off DENTAL UNIT WITH WHE SYSTEM • Make sure WHE tanks are full • Check probes for WHE tanks (close air cock) • Make sure WHE tanks are empty DENTAL UNIT WITH BIOSTER SYSTEM • Check complete disinfecting cycle • Check flushing cycle UNIT: FOOT CONTROL • Instrument activation and rheostat working test • OUT DROP NO RETRACTION test UNIT: ASSISTENT TABLE • Security microswitch test • Check every control and simulation of every operational procedure • Actuators suction system test • Assistent spray air-water syringe test UNIT: OPERATING LAMP • Check switch ON/OFF • Check potentiometer (if present) • Check fan for the cooling • Pivot efficiency test DENTAL CHAIR • Test safety microswitch to the safety plate and the backrest • Test noise degree during movements • Foot control test • Sliding of the articulated headrest test MULTIMEDIA • Check the camera handpiece, monitor MEDICAL VIEW or WORKSTATION • Friction adjustment for WORKSTATION holder. • test all the function and the quality of the image on the screen • Check position of the DIP SWITCHES in the camera control board COMPRESSOR • Test working pressure on compressor manometer minimum value 6 bar / maximum value 8 bar • Junction tightness test

Installation

23

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 23 - PADDING THE SEAT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR The padding of the chair is fastened by four screws in the front as indicated in the drawing (Fig. 30). On the contrary the padding of the backrest, of the armrest and of the headrest are fastened by fast connections which, if necessary, can be set with a screw driver in d. Before adjusting, loosen all the quick-couplings “d” so that they protrude by 1 mm (A – Fig 31). If further adjustment is required, fit an O-ring (code 97362000) over the internal tabs of the quick coupling (d). Fig. 31

Fig. 30 Padding of the seat

A

d Position of quick-connect coupler before being adjusted (1 mm.)

O-ring Backrest, armrest or headrest casting

Screw

Loosen bush B bringing it against the metal part of the armrest (the upholstery should not deflect)

Washer

B

Screw

24 - INSTALLING THE COVER OF THE FLOOR BOX - Place the cover (A), supplied with the apparatus, on the basic dental chair card: it clicks into place. - Insert the cover (B) from the high and fix it with the 4 screws with a 3 mm male hex. wrench. - Cover the screws with the four appropriate covers. Fig. 32

A

Main switch actuator

B

Spacer Cap Screw

Fixing screws

In case of external connections, it is necessary to cut the cover (B) to let the system leak. 24

Installation

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 25 - RAISING THE DENTAL CHAIR Inside every chair there is a sectionable feeding cable of the backrest return motor. This sectioning is placed under the connection box cover (doctor side) and can be used when the dental chair is completly down too. In fact, unscrew the four screws of the cover and insert a hand as shown in the figure 34. Feeding directly the motor with a 230 Vac cable and positioning this one between the central point and one of the two extremes (see fig. 33), the dental chair moves up or down. In this way the connection box is ready for the technical intervention.

Fig. 33

230 Vac

MOVE THE CHAIR UP

Fig. 34

A

Installation

25

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) INSTRUMENTS BOARD A7 Plus - A9 (CONTINENTAL)

INSTRUMENTS BOARD A7 Plus (INTERNATIONAL)

Instruments board and display symbols

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DESCRIPTION OF THE DENTIST’S CONSOLE CONTROLS DESCRIPTION

KEYS

“MODE” key (change functions). Multi-function key 1. Multi-function key 2. Key, Programmable value increment. Key, Programmable value decrement.

1

Key, 1% Instrument power/speed setting.

25

Key, 25% Instrument power/speed setting.

50

Key, 50% Instrument power/speed setting.

75

Key, 75% Instrument power/speed setting.

100

Key, 100% Instrument power/speed setting. Key, Seat Up and call up of programmed position “A”. Key, Backrest Up and call up of programmed position “B”. Key, Seat Down and call up of programmed position “C”. Key, Backrest Down and call up of programmed position “D”. Key, Rinsing position call up (PR). Key, Automatic Return position call up (RA). Key, Emergency position call-up. Memory Key, Dental chair program.

2

Instruments board and display symbols

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Key, Micro-motor reverse. Key, Optical fiber On/Off switch. Assistant call. Key, Cup filler control. Key, Water bowl control. Key, Operation Lamp On/Off switch.

Bowl counter-clockwise button (only for Class A9). Bowl clockwise button (only for Class A9). Pneumatic brake release button (only International version)

Instruments board and display symbols

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) ASSISTANT’S BOARD A7 Plus - A9

DESCRIPTION OF THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE CONTROLS DESCRIPTION

KEYS

Key, Seat Up and call up of programmed position “A”. Key, Backrest Up and call up of programmed position “B”. Key, Seat Down and call up of programmed position “C”. Key, Backrest Down and call up of programmed position “D”. Key, Call-up of Rinsing position (PR). Key, Call-up of Automatic Return position (RA).

BIO

Key, Cup Filler and Instrument Disinfection control. Key, Distilled Water control. Key, Operation Lamp On/Off switch. Key, Water Bowl control. Key, Cup Filler control.

4

Instruments board and display symbols

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL DISPLAY ICONS

DESCRIPTION

Disinfection solution reserve. Fiber optic signal. Video camera light source on. Heater signal off. Brake signal off. Distilled water reserve. No distilled water signal. Spray device active. Video camera mirror reflection image activated. Last automatic chair program called up (A). Last automatic chair program called up (B). Last automatic chair program called up (C). Last automatic chair program called up (D). Last automatic chair program called up (PR). Last automatic chair program called up (RA). BIOSTER cycle in progress. Suction interrupted because the bowl is full.

Instruments board and display symbols

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Tube washing in progress. Chair memorization activated. Micro-door active. Instrument signal active. Video camera FREEZE state. Syringe extracted from the assistant side. Saliva suction device extracted.

6

Instruments board and display symbols

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SERVICE ITEM MENU

a) Equipment On . Instruments in “Rest” position.

To gain access to the “Service Settings” menu options, press these keys in the order given: “Increment”, “Decrement” and “Optical Fiber”.

b)

a) c) This appears only when the foot control is provided.

This is used to enable/disable RA/PR function call-up by using the multi-function foot control lever. (functions RA/PR can always be executed with the buttons at the top of the multifunction foot control).

b)

With the Multi-Function Foot Control provided, the functions of the “Spray/No Spray” control lever can be reversed. With the “Pressure Mode” foot control, Speed Increment can be reversed. After the modification has been made, set the foot control as required.

b)

With the “Pressure Mode” foot control, lever sensitivity can be adjusted according to the selected operating position. Factory setting is “0”.

b) d)

Service menu

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

d)

Enables/disables the blower functions (automatic chip) when the instrument is used in Spray mode.

b)

This is used to set the blower operating time: T-ON: length of blow (min 0.1 s: max 10 s) T-OFF: time lag before blow start (min 0.1 s; max 10 s) Default: T-OFF = 0.5 s; T-ON= 1 s Use the Increment/Decrement keys to set the operating time.

This is used to set the maximum allowable voltage for the instrument fiber optics on the dentist’s instrument board. Use the Increment/ Decrement keys to set the required voltage.

b)

This is used to disable the Image Freeze function in the camera circuit board (LIVE-ON: NO Image Freeze; LIVE-OFF: Image Freeze enabled). This function is to be activated (LIVE-ON) when the camera is linked up to a Personal Computer.

b)

This is used to select the operating mode of the Dental Assistant Call key: button or switch.

e)

2

Service menu

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

e) Indicates the operational hours of the dental equipment.

b)

Time reset.

b)

This is used to activate the “Maintenance Required” message after 1600 hours of operation.

b)

This is used to enable the “Safety Energy” function.

b)

This is used to enable/disable the suction system shutoff time lag when the suction tubes are put back into place.

Set to ON only when the WHE system is present

This is used to select the desired flushing mode: non-stop (OFF) or intermittent (ON).

b) f)

Service menu

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

f)

This is used to adjust WHE probe sensitivity and municipal water conductivity Default value: 1 (water hardness: 30-40 degrees) (Refer to the relevant Hygiene Chart provided, code 97660420)

b)

Sensitivity of the probes placed in WHE system tanks S1 and S2 can be viewed.

b)

Used to enable/disable the Suction STOP control with the safety footboard installed.

b)

Allows automatic chair controls A, B, C and D present on the instrument panel to be enabled/disabled (only with card, code 97660558/B – firmware version ≥ 3.4): - ON (factory value): controls (A-B-C-D) enabled. - OFF: controls (A-B-C-D) disabled.

b)

Instrument configuration reset

b) g)

4

Service menu

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

g) Displays the firmware release of the circuit boards installed in the dental equipment (see section that deals with Card layout). The default settings of each circuit board are restored when fiber optics key is pressed. (the buzzer sounds when the factory settings are restored)

b)

CAN link updating. To check the versions of the MX micro-motor circuit and camera circuit boards, remove the instruments from their respective seats.

Displaying Faults/Alerts: Press the increment/decrement keys: The fault number is made of 4 figures. The first figure identifies: “Faults” (0) ; “Alerts” (1).

With card code 97660558/B - FW ≥ 3.11

Deletes the Faults/ Alerts list.

b)

With card code 97660558/B - FW ≥ 3.11

Checks the dentist’s console pad keys.

b) c)

Service menu

c)

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BOWL SERVICE MENU (CLASS A9) Perform the following operations from the “hydrogroup set up” page: - Press key F2

to go to the various submenus.

- - Press key “MODE” several times to open submenu “Bowl rotation controller setting with return to dental chair home position” (A) or submenu “Bowl rotation controller setting with return to dental chair rinse position” (B).

(B)

(A)

To open menu “Service settings” press the following keys one after the other: increase, decrease and fiber optic.

1st menu page: Manual movement to check bowl motor operation. The normal bowl rotation keys are disabled on this page and the bowl can be moved with keys “+” and “-”. In particular key “+” is used to move the bowl counter-clockwise, whereas key “-” is used for clockwise movement. As a result, problems in the normal rotation keys can be identified. 2nd menu page: Settling. This consists of continuously moving the bowl approximately 30° in both directions and is used when the dental unit is tested. 3rd menu page: TRADE SHOW movement. This consists of a series of automatic movements of the bowl combined with the dental chair. The series is repeated approximately every 10 minutes. While the cycle is in progress, the manual bowl controls are disabled. Movement is turned on/off with the ON/OFF keys. Attention: the movements are not immediately carried out you have to wait a while. There are pauses between movements.

6

Service menu

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) FAULTS/ALERTS MENU

a) Equipment On . Instruments in “Rest” position.

To access the “List of Faults/Alerts” menu, press the following keys in sequence: increment, decrement and MM inversion.

b)

Displaying Faults/Alerts: Press the increment/decrement keys: The fault number is made of 4 figures. The first figure identifies: “Faults” (0) ; “Alerts” (1).

a)

NOTE: The Faults/Alerts Menu is only available with dentist’s console board code 97660558/B - firmware 60558 rev. ≥ 3.11: For further information, see the “FAULTS” section in the Technical Manual.

Faults/Alerts menu

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) RESTORING FACTORY SETTINGS (reset) The factory settings can be completely reset by following the directions given below (to restore the factory settings for each individual electronic card, see the «SERVICE MENU»): -

Press the following keys one after the other on the OPERATOR screen on the doctor’s console:

-

the following screen appears:

-

press F2 again to confirm:

-

the OPERATOR screen will be displayed again and all the data are reset:

-

shut off and then turn on the dental unit to go back to regular work conditions set all the instruments again

Restoring factory settings

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) HOW TO QUIT SHUTDOWN/FAULT CONDITIONS DURING DISINFECTING CYCLE (BIOSTER)

ATTENTION. If H2O2 is present in the ducts, wash the cords manually with the relative foot control and flush the water to cup duct by pressing the fill key several times.

ATTENTION. Cycle should be reset for strictly technical reasons only.

EMPTYING FLUSHING CYCLE COMPLETED PUT INSTRUMENTS BACK IN PLACE

How to quit shutdown/fault conditions

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

LIST OF “CAN BUS” SIGNALS Signal

Description

CAN-BUS signal CAN-BUS signal source destination

Notes Indicates that the syringe has been removed from the instrument board. «SIRINGA - ON» (SYRINGE – ON) is displayed on the doctor’s console.

S1

Dentist’s instr. Activates the micro-switch board card of the dentist’s syringe Code 97660532.

Scheda consolle medico Code 97660558. Hydro-group card Code 97660583.

A

Dentist’s instr. Activates the micro-switch board card of instrument A. Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Hydro-group card Code 97660583.

Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position A.

B

Dentist’s instr. Activates the micro-switch board card of instrument B. Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Hydro-group card Code 97660583.

Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position B.

C

Dentist’s instr. Activates the micro-switch board card of instrument C. Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Hydro-group card Code 97660583.

Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position C.

D

Dentist’s instr. Activates the micro-switch board card of instrument D. Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Hydro-group card Code 97660583.

Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position D.

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

Water to instrument solenoid valve enable (EV 36).

CHIPWATER Cord washing line

CM

SPRAY

CHIPAIR

List of Can Bus signals

Floorbox card Code 97660576.

Line CM.

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532. Foot control card Dentist’ s control Code 97660442. console card Code 97660558. Card MM MX cod. 97660474.

Line ER.

Dentist’s instr. board card Indicates when the foot Foot control card Code 97660532. control is activated with water Code 97660442. Card MM MX cod. delivered to the instruments. 97660474.

CHIP

Dentist’s instr. board card Foot control card Enables the CHIP solenoid Code 97660532. Code 97660442 valve (EV 17). Card MM MX cod. 97660474.

Indicates start up of a selected instrument (instrument extracted) by using the foot control

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Signal

Description

CAN-BUS signal CAN-BUS signal source destination Floorbox card Code 97660576. Hydro-group card Code 97660583. Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558.

No instrument removed from dentist’s instrument board.

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

BRAKE

Instrument board brake.

Dentist’ s control Dentist’s instr. console card board card Code 97660558. Code 97660532.

EMI

Hydro-group emergency

Hydro-group card Dental chair card Code 97660583. Code 97660578.

EGN

Floorbox card Assistant’s board Code 97660576. FC1_TLED T LED micro on assistant’s card Dentist’ s control (FC1) board Code 97660421. console card Code 97660558.

2

Controlled by all the instrumentation on the instrument board and assistant’s board. Active when the instruments have been returned. On/Off freno del braccio tavoletta medico. E’ disattivato quando uno strumento è in funzione. Normally activated but inactivated if the hydro-group emergency device is tripped. Indicates curing light T LED on the assistant’s board has been removed. It lights up when the instrument is removed. Disables dental chair movements RA-PR. « T LED - ON» is displayed on the doctor’s console. Identification T LED instrument removed on assistant’s board Indicates when the telecamera on the assistant’s board side has been removed. Disables RA-PR movements and enables camera to freeze image. Is displayed on the doctor’s console.

EN_TLED

Instrument T LED on assistant’s board board card code removed 97660532.

FC2_CAM (FC2)

Cefla Cam micro-switch provided on assistant’s instrument board.

Floorbox card Assistant’s board Code 97660576. card Dentist’ s control Code 97660421. console card Code 97660558.

EN_CAM

Removal of camera from dental assistant’s instrument board

Dentist’s Hydrogroup card instrument board cod. 97660583 card

Identification of instrument drawn from dental assistant’s instrument board.

Syringe micro-switch provided on assistant’s instrument board.

Floorbox card Assistant’s board Code 97660576. card Dentist’ s control Code 97660421. console card Code 97660558.

Indicates that the syringe on the assistant’s side has been removed. Disables RA-PR movements. « SIRINGA - ON» (SYRINGE – ON) is displayed on the doctor’s console.

IN_CAN1

Suction tube 2 micro-switch

Assistant’s board Hydro-group card card Code 97660583 Code 97660421.

Indicates that tube 1 has been removed.

IN_CAN2

Suction tube 2 micro-switch

Assistant’s board Hydro-group card card Code 97660583. Code 97660421.

Indicates that tube 2 has been removed.

S2 (FC3)

Hydrogroup card code 97660583.

Notes

List of Can Bus signals

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Signal

MS

BY_PASS

Description

CAN-BUS signal CAN-BUS signal source destination

Distilled water tank depressurization button

Dentist’ s control Hydro-group card console card Code 97660583. Code 97660558.

Indicates that the button has been pressed and this is shown by an icon on the control console. The contact of the button is normally closed so, if it is disconnected, the tank cannot be pressurized. This signal is deactivated in layouts without the distilled water tank (J1 closed)

Municipal water to instruments

Assistant’s board Instrument card code board card code 97660421. 97660532.

Indicates municipal water to instruments turned on with button on assistant’s board (relative LED off).

RIS_H2O

Tank 1 reserve level (distilled water)

Dentist’ s control Hydro-group card console card Code 97660583. Code 97660558.

RIS_H2O2

Low level in tank 2 (hydrogen dioxide)

Dentist’ s control Hydro-group card console card Code 97660583. Code 97660558.

CANWASH

Suction tubes being disinfected

Dentist’ s control Hydro-group card console card Code 97660583. Code 97660558.

CP

List of Can Bus signals

Notes

Cattani canister drain pump Hydro-group card Only test node control Code 97660583.

Indicates the distilled water tank is in reserve and is signaled by an icon on the display console. . If disconnected, the reserve level is not indicated. Inactivated with the configuration where the distilled water tank is not provided (J1 closed) on the hydro-group card 97660583. Indicates the reserve level in the hydrogen dioxide tank with the configuration which includes the disinfection (Bioster) cycle. Shown by an icon on the control console . If disconnected, the reserve level is indicated. Deactivated in layouts that do not have the disinfecting cycle (J2 open) on disinfecting card 97660420 Indicated by an icon shown on the control console Indicates that the liquid inside the Cattani canister has reached the maximum level sensor. The suction system is shut off. Displayed by an icon on the console screen. CP

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Signal

CAN-BUS signal CAN-BUS signal source destination

TL

- Rinsing bowl drain valve Hydro-group card Floorbox card - Suction tube 1. Code 97660583. Code 97660576. - Suction tube 2.

S.S

Foot control card Code 97660442. Dentist’ s control console card Dental chair card Code 97660558. Code 97660578. Assistant’s board card Code 97660421.

D.S

S.Sc

D.Sc

CAMP

4

Description

Seat up, Manual control

Foot control card Code 97660442. Dentist’ s control console card Seat down, Manual control Code 97660558. Assistant’s board card Code 97660421. Foot control card Code 97660442. Dentist’ s control Backrest up, Manual console card control Code 97660558. Assistant’s board card Code 97660421. Foot control card Code 97660442. Dentist’ s control Backrest down, Manual console card control Code 97660558. Assistant’s board card Code 97660421. Dentist’ s control Bell console card Code 97660558.

Notes Suction system activated Enables suction relay in electrical box after signals S_CAN1 – S_CAN2 have been activated

The output signal is only sent to the dental chair if the presence of the dental chair has been detected.

Dental chair card Code 97660578.

The output signal is only sent to the dental chair if the presence of the dental chair has been detected.

Dental chair card Code 97660578.

The output signal is only sent to the dental chair if the presence of the dental chair has been detected.

Dental chair card Code 97660578.

The output signal is only sent to the dental chair if the presence of the dental chair has been detected.

Floorbox card Code 97660576.

01

Scaler removed

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558.

03

Turbine removed

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558.

04

T LED curing light removed

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558.

Monostable operation. This pilots the output of the relative relay Indicates the instrument that has been removed. SCALER TYPE 1 signal Indicates the instrument that has been removed. TURBINE TYPE 1 and TYPE 2 signals Indicates the instrument that has been removed. CURING LIGHT TYPE 4 signal

List of Can Bus signals

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Signal

Description

CAN-BUS signal CAN-BUS signal source destination

Notes

24

Dentist’s instr. MX micromotor removed. board card Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Card MM MX Code 97660474.

Indicates the instrument that has been removed. MICROMOTOR (MX).

23

Telecamera removed

Dentist’s instr. board card Code 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console card Code 97660558. Camera card Code 97660476.

Indicates the instrument that has been removed. TELECAMERA TYPE 1, TYPE 2 and TYPE 4 signals.

Instruments speed and power change

Dentist’s instr. board card Foot control card Code 97660532. Code 97660442. Card MM MX Code 97660474.

POT - C (Led 0%100%)

List of Can Bus signals

POT_C signal changed with foot control button

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CONTENTS - TURBINE .................................................................................................................................................................. 2 - “ISOLITE 300 - MC3” MICROMOTOR .............................................................................................................. 3 - “MX” CONTROL..................................................................................................................................................... 4 - T LED CURING LIGHT ......................................................................................................................................... 5 - “EMS” SCALERS .................................................................................................................................................... 6 - “SATELEC/PZ5” SCALER .................................................................................................................................... 7 - SYRINGE ON INSTRUMENT TABLE ................................................................................................................. 8 - SYRINGE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ................................................................................................................. 8 - T LED CURING LIGHT ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ........................................................................................ 9 - OUT - A.................................................................................................................................................................... 10 - OUT - B.................................................................................................................................................................... 10 - OPTICAL FIBER ................................................................................................................................................... 11 - AUXILIARY CALL - CAMP................................................................................................................................. 12 - OPERATING LAMP.............................................................................................................................................. 13 - STANDARD FOOT CONTROL ........................................................................................................................... 14 - PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS ......................................................................................................... 18 - CUP CONTROL PATH .......................................................................................................................................... 22 - WATER TO BOWL SIGNALS ............................................................................................................................. 23 - PANTOGRAPH ARM BRAKE............................................................................................................................. 24 - DENTAL CHAIR CONTROL SIGNALS ............................................................................................................ 25 - DENTAL CHAIR EMERGENCY DEVICES...................................................................................................... 30 - SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION.............................................................................................................. 31 - BOWL DRAIN VALVE APPLICATION ............................................................................................................. 33 - SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING APPLICATION .................................................................................................. 34 - DISTILLED WATER APPLICATION................................................................................................................. 35

Control path

1

2

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) TURBINE - Tav. 97040546 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13

97660532

INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660565 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

11VDC 0VDC

OUT 1 KEV - ER

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

TURBINE MODULE CARD

OUT 2-KEVA 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 2-KEVB 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 2-KEVC 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 2-KEVD 1-6-8-14-KSD

0VDC 24VDC 24VDC 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

0VDC 24VDC

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

OUT 5-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 2 OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

H2O SPRAY EV. (EV36)

97660532

97660558 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

0VDC 24VDC

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN 5-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 2 IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

OUT KCB2

EGN A-B-C-D CODE 03

IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display: “TURBINE”

(POT C)

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the turbine) Signals active in CAN BUS line

100% CM SPRAY CHIPAIR

0%

( “ON” appears on the doctor’s console display ) 97660565 TURBINE MODULE CARD

CM

3,1VDC - Foot control lever not pushed 0,6VDC - Foot control lever pushed

ER

24VDC - Foot control with water spray off 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

- Foot control lever not pushed POT C-C1 0VDC From 0 10 Vdc according to the set % and position of the foot control’s middle switch

IN 13-KS----------ROTATION OF THE INSTRUMENT EV 34 OPEN IN 10-KS---------------------------------------EV 38 OPEN ARIA SPRAY OUT 5-6 KEV IN 9-KS-----------------TURBINE SPEED VARIATION

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

0VDC 24VDC

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) “ISOLITE 300 - MC3” MICROMOTOR - Dia. 97040547 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13

97660532

INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660617 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

11VDC 0VDC

OUT 1 KEV - ER

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

MM ISOLITE - MC3 CONTROL

OUT 2-KEVA 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 2-KEVB 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 2-KEVC 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 2-KEVD 1-6-8-14-KSD

0VDC 24VDC 24,5VDC 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

0VDC 24VDC

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 OUT 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4

H2O SPRAY EV. (EV36)

97660532

97660558 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC 24VDC

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 IN 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4

OUT KCB2

EGN A-B-C-D CODE 05

IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display: “MICROMOTOR”

(POT C)

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the micromotor) Signals active in CAN BUS line

CM ER

23,5VDC - Foot control lever not pushed 0,7VDC - Foot control lever pushed 24VDC - Foot control with water spray off 0,9VDC - Foot control with water spray on

- Foot control lever not pushed POT C-C1 0VDC From 0 10 Vdc according to the set % and position of the foot control’s middle switch

OUT A

0VDC - Reverse function off 12VDC - Reverse function on

100% CM SPRAY CHIPAIR

(“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display) 97660617

0%

CONTROLLO MM ISOLITE - MC3 IN 13-KS---------------MICROM. WORKING MM+;MMfrom 0vdc to 23,5Vdc–Winding cooling EV EV39/3 open-4KEV)

IN 10-KS----------------EV 38/5-6KEV OPEN (Air Spray) IN 9-KS------------MICROMOTOR SPEED VARIATION IN 4-KS-----INVERSION OF THE DIRECTION OF ROTATION OF THE MICROMOTOR PUSHING THE KEY

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

3

4

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) “MX” CONTROL - Dia. 97040548 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13 INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660532

97660474

INSTR. TABLE BOARD 11VDC 0VDC

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

MM MX CONTROL EGN A-B-C-D CODE 24

OUT KCB2

IN CAN

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display: “MICROMOTOR”

(POT C)

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the micromotor) Signals active in CAN BUS line

CM

100% CM SPRAY CHIPAIR

97660474 0%

Foot control lever not pushed: signal not active Foot control lever pushed: signal active

SPRAY POT C

Foot control with water spray off: signal not active Foot control with water spray on: signal active Foot control lever not pushed: signal not active According to the % set on the display and to the position of the lever of the foot control: Active signal variable (0% - 100%)

Reverse function off: signal not active Comando inversione inserito: signal active

(“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display) MM MX CONTROL IN CAN-----------------MICROM. WORKING MM+;MMfrom 0vdc to 23,5Vdc–Winding cooling EV EV39/3 open-4KEV)

IN CAN ----------------- EV 38/5-6KEV OPEN (Air Spray) EV 36/3-4KEV OPEN (Water Spray) IN CAN ------------ MICROMOTOR SPEED VARIATION IN CAN---------------------MM REVERSE ROTATION BY PRESSING THE RELATIVE BUTTON

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) T LED CURING LIGHT - Dia. 97040551 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13 INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660532

97660475 LAMP MODULE CARD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

HAND PIECE

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

11VDC 0VDC

OUT 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 1-6-8-14-KSD

0VDC 24VDC

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

97660532

0VDC 24VDC

OUT 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4

0VDC 24VDC

97660558 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

0VDC 24VDC

OUT 1-K1

IN 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4

DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT KCB2

EGN A-B-C-D CODE 04

IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display: “T LED” - “ON”

ATTENTION! When curing lamp T LED is extracted the dental chair can still be moved in manual mode

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

5

6

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) “EMS” SCALERS - Dia. 97040549/554/643/645 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13

97660532

INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660183/630 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

11VDC 0VDC

OUT 1 KEV - ER

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

SCALER INTERFACE BOARD

OUT 2-KEVA 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 2-KEVB 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 2-KEVC 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 2-KEVD 1-6-8-14-KSD

0VDC 24VDC 24VDC 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

0VDC 24VDC

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

H2O SPRAY EV. (EV36)

97660532

97660558 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC 24VDC

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

OUT KCB2

EGN A-B-C-D CODE 01

IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display:: “SCALER”

(POT C)

INSTRUMENT WORKING Signals active in CAN BUS line

CM

100% CM SPRAY CHIPAIR

97660183/630 (EMS) 0%

5VDC - Foot control lever not pushed 0,6VDC - Foot control lever pushed ENDO function off: from 0 to 10 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch

POT C-C1 ENDO function on: from 0 to 5 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch PARO function on: from 0 to 3 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch

OUT B

0VDC 12VDC 12VDC after pushing the starting O.F. button and foot control lever pushed

EMS ONLY WITH FIBER OPTIC

(“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display) SCALER INTERFACE BOARD OUT IN 13-KS EMS control 8-K1/3-KC2 power supply IN 9-KS Power OUT variation 7-K1/6-KC2 IN 11-KS Cooling EV80 open

97660262/633

5VDC 0,7VDC

0VDC From 0VDC to 10VDC With ENDO function: From 0VDC to 3,9VDC With PARO function: From 0VDC to 2,4VDC

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

EMS CONTROL CM

C1

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) “SATELEC/PZ5” SCALER - Dia. 97040550 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13

97660532

INSTR. MICROSW. A B C D

97660365/630 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

11VDC 0VDC

OUT 1 KEV - ER

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D

0VDC 24VDC 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

SCALER INTERFACE BOARD

OUT 2-KEVA 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 2-KEVB 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 2-KEVC 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 2-KEVD 1-6-8-14-KSD 24VDC

0VDC 24VDC

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

H2O SPRAY EV. (EV36)

97660532

97660558 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC 24VDC

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1

OUT KCB2

EGN A-B-C-D CODE 01

IN KCB1

Type of instrument OUT extracted indication on display:: “SCALER”

(POT C)

INSTRUMENT WORKING Signals active in CAN BUS line

CM

100% CM SPRAY CHIPAIR

0%

13,1VDC - Foot control lever not pushed 0,6VDC - Foot control lever pushed

function off: from 0 to 10 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch POT C-C1 ENDO ENDO function on: from 0 to 5 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch PARO function on: from 0 to 3 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch

OUT B

0VDC 12VDC after pushing the starting O.F. button and foot control lever pushed

SATELEC ONLY WITH FIBER OPTIC

(“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display) 97660631-PZ5 97660385-SAT. CONTROL

97660365/630 (Satelec/PZ5) INSTRUMENT MODULE A-B-C-D IN 13-KS Control power supply IN 9-KS Power variation IN 11-KS F.O. cooling EV80 open

13,2VDC 0,8VDC

OUT 3 KC2 OUT 6 KC2

0VDC From 0VDC to 5VDC With ENDO function: From 0VDC to 2,5VDC With PARO function: From 0VDC to 1,5VDC

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

CM

C1

7

8

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SYRINGE ON INSTRUMENT TABLE - Dia. 97040545 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT I.13 INSTR. MICROSW. KM-SA KM-SB

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD 11VDC 0VDC

IN 1-KMSA IN 1-KMSB

OUT KCB2

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE EGN S1

IN KCB1

OUT Type of instrument extracted indication on display: “SIRINGA” - “ON”

SYRINGE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD - Dia. 97040524 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT 97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD

INSTR. MICROSW. FC-SIRI

11VDC 0VDC

IN 2-KM3

OUT KCB3

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE EGN S2 FC3 EN_S2

IN KCB1

OUT Type of instrument extracted indication on display: “SIRINGA” - “ON”

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) T LED CURING LIGHT ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD - Dia. 97040526 INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

INSTR. MICROSW. 10,5VDC 0VDC

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN 2-KM1 OUT KCB3 J1 = ON

EGN FC1 FC1_TLED EN_TLED

OUT 1-2 KM6

0VDC 24VDC

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT IN Type of instrument KCB1 extracted indication on display: “T LED” - “ON”

HAND PIECE T LED

ATTENTION! When curing lamp T LED is extracted the dental chair can still be moved in manual mode

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

9

10

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) OUT - A 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT KCB1

IN KCB2

OUT 4-KS

OUT - A

See instrument module

OUT - B

See instrument module

OUT - B 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT KCB1

IN KCB2

OUT 11-KS

Signal OUT-A is used for the following functions: - ISOLITE 300 - MC3 micromotor reverse operation Signal OUT-B is used for the following functions: - EV80 open to cool down scaler’s F.O lamp

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) OPTICAL FIBER U.F.O.: is the line that turns on the fiber optic when the instrument is extracted. It is started by pressing the relative 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

button on the doctor’s console.

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

OUT KCB1

IN KCB2

OUT 2-KP

0VDC 3,3VDC 3,5VDC

INSTRUMENT MODULE

3,3VDC 3,5VDC

HAND PIECE

FIBER OPTIC ADJUSTMENT - Connect a tester (minimum 10Vdc) to pins F.O. and 0V on the main instrument board card (code 97660532). - Extract an instrument with fiber optic (not the camera). - Turn on the fiber optic with the key

on the doctor’s console.

- Adjust the F.O. voltage according to the instrument model from the doctor’s console (e.g. for Bien-Air turbines set the voltage to 3.3 Vdc). IMPORTANT! Adjust with the F.O. lamp connected

11

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

12

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) AUXILIARY CALL - CAMP 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT KCB1

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN RL4 KCB1 M1 (7-8)

AUXILIARY CALL

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) OPERATING LAMP 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE COMANDO LAMPADA SCIALITICA

OUT KCB1

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 M1 (1-2)

0VD 18VDC According to the set % (see Operating instructions)

LAMP ON

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD OUT KCB3

SEE PR-RA OPERATION (SIGNAL PATH): - Lamp shut off with PR or RA - Lamp turned back on with button PR - Lamp turned back on with the dental chair buttons after it was shut off with RA

13

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

14

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) STANDARD FOOT CONTROL - Dia. 97040530 CM: starts the dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the foot control lever. It also blocks dental chair movements along with the brake of the pantograph arm when an instrument is running. 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD OUT K22 J2 = OFF

CM

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KPE KCB1

CM

OUT KCB2

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT IN 13-KS KCB1 OUT KCB2

With the instrument extracted, led EGN off and the foot control actuated, the dental chair cannot move

OUT KCB

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD CM

EGN

IN KCB1 dental chair

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Turbine, Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Camera and MX Micromotor.

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) STANDARD FOOT CONTROL - Dia. 97040530 POT C-C1: adjusts the speed of the dynamic instruments, once extracted by pushing the middle switch of the foot control to the right or left (POT C). This signal reaches the main instrument board card through the can-bus, which, in turn, lets out line C1. The value of the latter depends on both the foot control and settings entered from the doctor’s console. 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD POT C OUT K22 J2 = OFF

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

IN KCB1

OUT C1 9-KS OUT KCB

0VDC Da 0VDC a 10VDC

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Turbine, Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Camera and MX Micromotor.

(continues)

15

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

16

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) STANDARD FOOT CONTROL - Dia. 97040530 CHIPAIR: signal energising the chip blower solenoid valve (air blow from the TT or the MM) pushing the correspondent button on the foot control (when the instrument is taken out).

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD

Top foot control button OUT Tasto 2-K4 CHIPAIR

0VDC 12VDC

IN 2-K4

OUT K22

CHIPAIR

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT KCB

J2 = OFF OUT 10-KS

24,5VDC 0VDC

EV17 - EV CHIP MM MX Control 97660474

0VDC 24VDC

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 Control

0VDC 24VDC

CHIPAIR 24VDC 1VDC

EV38

CHIPWATER: control line that starts washing the cord of the instrument extracted with just water when the relative button on the foot control is pressed 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD

Top foot control button OUT Tasto 1-K5 CHIPWATER

0VDC 12VDC

IN 1-K5

OUT K22 J2 = OFF

CHIPWATER (CHIPAIR)*

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT 1-KEV OUT 10-KS

OUT KCB

24,5VDC (0VDC)* 24VDC 1VDC CHIPWATER (CHIPAIR)* 24VDC (1VDC)*

EV17 - EV CHIP

EV36

0VDC 24VDC MM MX Control 97660474

0VDC 24VDC

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 - TT Control

0VDC 24VDC

EV38

* Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has flown out

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) STANDARD FOOT CONTROL - Dia. 97040530 ER - SPRAY: controls spray of dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the central switch on the foot control to the right 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD OUT K22 J2 = OFF

SPRAY (CHIPAIR)*

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 1-KEV IN KCB1 OUT 10-KS OUT 4-K1

OUT KCB

24,5VDC (0VDC)*

A strumento estratto 24VDC 1VDC 24VDC (1VDC)*

SPRAY (CHIPAIR)*

EV17 CHIP AIR

EV36 WATER SPRAY EV 38 OPEN AIR SPRAY (see LINE ER dynamic intruments working: Scaler, Turbine and MM Isolite 300 and MC3)

EV 38 OPEN AIR SPRAY (see LINE ER SPRAY dynamic intruments (CHIPAIR)* working: MM MX)

(*) Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has flown out PR - RA To read signals PR and RA, see “Dental chair control signals”

17

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

18

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS

Dia. 97040531

CM: starts the dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the foot control lever. It also blocks dental chair movements along with the brake of the pantograph arm when an instrument is running. 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD OUT K22 J2 = ON 1-K1

CM

12VDC 0VDC Contact OPEN: foot control lever in home position (12Vdc) Contact CLOSED: foot control lever activated (0Vdc)

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KPE KCB1

CM

OUT KCB2

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT IN 13-KS KCB1 OUT KCB2

With the instrument extracted, led EGN off and the foot control actuated, the dental chair cannot move

OUT KCB

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD CM

EGN

IN KCB1 dental chair

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Turbine, Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Camera and MX Micromotor.

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS

Dia. 97040531

POT C-C1: adjusts the speed of the dynamic instruments, once extracted by holding down the middle switch of the foot control (POT C). This signal reaches the main instrument board card through the can-bus, which, in turn, lets out line C1. The value of the latter depends on both the foot control and settings entered from the doctor’s console.

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD POT C K22 J2 = ON

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

IN KCB1

OUT C1 9-KS

0VDC From 0VDC to 10VDC

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: Turbine, Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

CHECK INSTRUMENT MODULE: MX Micromotor.

(continues)

19

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

20

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS

Dia. 97040531

CHIPAIR: signal that energizes the chip EV (air jets from instruments TT or MM) when the relative button on the foot control is pressed (when the instrument is extracted)

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD

Top foot control button OUT Tasto 2-K4 CHIPAIR

0VDC 12VDC

IN 2-K4

OUT K22

CHIPAIR

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT KCB

J2 = ON OUT 10-KS

24,5VDC 0VDC

EV17 - EV CHIP MM MX Control 97660474

0VDC 24VDC

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 Control

0VDC 24VDC

CHIPAIR 24VDC 1VDC

EV38

CHIPWATER: control line that starts washing the cord of the instrument extracted with just water when the relative button on the foot control is pressed 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD

Top foot control button OUT Tasto 1-K5 CHIPWATER

0VDC 12VDC

IN 1-K5

OUT K22 J2 = ON

CHIPWATER (CHIPAIR)*

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT 1-KEV OUT 10-KS

OUT KCB

24,5VDC (0VDC)* 24VDC 1VDC CHIPWATER (CHIPAIR)* 24VDC (1VDC)*

EV17 - EV CHIP

EV36

0VDC 24VDC MM MX Control 97660474

0VDC 24VDC

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 - TT Control

0VDC 24VDC

EV38

* Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has flown out

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS

Dia. 97040531

ER - SPRAY: controls spray of dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the central switch on the foot control to the right 97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD OUT K22 J2 = ON

SPRAY (CHIPAIR)*

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 1-KEV IN KCB1 OUT 10-KS OUT 4-K1

OUT KCB

24,5VDC (0VDC)*

with instr. taken out 24VDC 1VDC 24VDC (1VDC)*

SPRAY (CHIPAIR)*

EV17 CHIP AIR

EV36 WATER SPRAY EV 38 OPEN AIR SPRAY (see LINE ER dynamic intruments working: Scaler, Turbine and MM Isolite 300 and MC3)

EV 38 OPEN AIR SPRAY (see LINE ER SPRAY dynamic intruments (CHIPAIR)* working: MM MX)

(*) Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has flown out PR - RA To read signals PR and RA, see “Dental chair control signals”

21

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

22

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CUP CONTROL PATH - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040567 - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586

-

: is the command line of the solenoid valve for the water feeding to cup. It’s activated by the buttons located on both the instrument and assistant’s tables. To check

operation of the buttons on the consoles, use the wiring diagrams and ohmmeter tester

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

OUT KCB1

IN KCB2

OUT 19-KA2

EV 27 (CUP) BETWEEN 1-2 OF K5: 31VDC (approx 2 sec.) WITH CONTROL ON

16VDC

J2 = ON (Hot water on) ASSISTANT’S BOARD OUT 7-KT

OUT 4-KT

4,7VDC 1,9VDC with pushed button 0VDC 1,9VDC with pushed button

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN 7-KT OUT KCB3

J2 = OFF (Hot water off) IN KCB3

OUT 18-KA2

EV 28 (BOWL) BETWEEN 3-4 OF K5: 31VDC (approx 2 sec.) WITH CONTROL ON

16VDC

IN 4-KT

Only if the cup + bowl function is selected (see “hydrogroup” - “operating instructions” settings)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) WATER TO BOWL SIGNALS - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040567 - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586

-

: bowl solenoid valve control line. It is activated either with the buttons on the instrument board and assistant’s board or from the PR controller for the dental chair, if

suitably set up (see Display settings - “operating instruction”)

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD IN KCB2

OUT KCB1

ASSISTANT’S BOARD OUT 4-KT

OUT 8-KT

0VDC 1,9VDC with pushed button 4,7VDC 1,9VDC with pushed button

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN 4-KT OUT KCB3

EV 28 (BOWL) IN KCB3

OUT 18-KA2

BETWEEN 3-4 OF K5: 31VDC (approx 2 sec.) WITH CONTROL ON

IN 8-KT

23

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

16VDC

24

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PANTOGRAPH ARM BRAKE - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586 SIG M: line activated by grasping the instrument board handpiece 97660280 HANDLE CARD SIG M OUT 3-K1

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE 1,7VDC 1,3VDC

SIG M IN 3-K1

OUT KCB1

97660532 INSTR. TABLE BOARD

BRAKE

IN KCB2

OUT 2-K1

24,5VDC 0VDC

EV31 - BRAKE

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DENTAL CHAIR CONTROL SIGNALS - Dia. 97040567 SS-A (SEAT UP – PROGRAM A), DS-C (SEAT DOWN – PROGRAM C), SSC-B (BACKREST UP – PROGRAM B), DSC-D (BACKREST DOWN – PROGRAM D) AND EMERGENCY PROGRAM SS, DS, SSC, DSC are the four manual command lines of the dental chair. They are activated keeping pushed the correspondent commands. A, B, C,D are the four lines of the dental chair controls: they activate a program only if the correspondent command is pushed for a while. Emergency programme function is to completely lower the backrest. 97660478 FOOT CONTROL BOARD SS OUT 3-K3 DS OUT 2-K3 SSC OUT 4-K3 DSC OUT 5-K3

97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE SS-A DS-C OUT SSC-B KCB1 DSC-D POS. EMERG.

0VDC 12VDC

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD IN 3-K3 SS OUT IN 2-K3 DS K22 IN 4-K3 SSC IN 5-K3 DSC

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECT. CARD IN KPE

OUT KCB2

Vedi “Legenda segnali comandi poltrona

IN KCB1

97660421 ASSIST.BOARD CARD SS-A DS-C OUT SSC-B KCB3 DSC-D POS. EMERG.

25

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

IN KCB1

26

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PR: line that brings the dental chair into the rinse position turning on the bowl and shutting off the operatory light at the same time. If button PR is pressed again, the light comes back on after 10 sec. It can be turned on with the foot control when the instruments are in place and the middle switch on the foot control is pushed fully to the left (standard foot control) 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT KCB1

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 KCB2

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD IN KCB1

KPE

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD OUT KCB3

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD (STANDARD) OUT 2-K22 (PR activated by the “Service Menu”: ON)

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD OUT 18-KA2

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD OUT 1-2-M1

31VDC(circa 2”)

18VDC 0VDC According to the set % (see Operating instructions)

~16VDC

EV28 - BOWL

If the function is activated (see “hydrogroup settings” - operating instructions)

OPERATING LAMP

27

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

28

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) RA: is the line used for automatic dental chair return, shutting off the operatory lamp at the same time. This is done from the standard foot control with the instruments in place and the middle switch on the foot control pushed fully to the right. 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT KCB1

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 KCB2

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD IN KCB1

KPE

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD OUT KCB3

97660442 FOOT CONTROL BOARD (STANDARD) OUT 2-K22 (RA activated by the “Service Menu”: ON)

(continues)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD OUT 18-KA2

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD OUT 1-2-M1

31VDC(circa 2”)

18VDC 0VDC According to the set % (see Operating instructions)

~16VDC

EV28 - BOWL

Se la funzione è attivata (Ved. “impostazioni gruppo idrico”) “Operating Instructions”.

OPERATING LAMP

29

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

30

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DENTAL CHAIR EMERGENCY DEVICES - Dia. 97040580 97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

ASSIST. BOARD MICROSWITCH EM1*

0VDC 11,3VDC

IN 16-KB2

OUT KCB1

EM_I

BACKREST MICROSWITCH EM3*

0,2VDC 11,3VDC

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 KCB2

97660164 DENTAL CHAIR SEAT CARD IN OUT 2-K12 5-K5

97660578 DENTAL CHAIR BOARD EM_I

0,2VDC 11,3VDC

IN KCB1

IN 5-K5

FOOTBOARD MICROSWITCH EM2*

0,2VDC 10,6VDC

IN 1-K4

*ATTENTION! MICROSWITCH CLOSED = SAFETY DEVICE NOT ACTIVATED MICROSWITCH OPEN = SAFETY DEVICE ACTIVATED Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040536 - Dia. 97040537 - Dia. 97040538 - Dia. 97040539 - Dia. 97040541 IN-CAN1: line activated when the large suction tube is extracted and stops at the hydrogroup card TL: starts running after IN-CAN 1 has been activated and is used for operation of the suction contactor.

LARGE SUCTION TUBE CONTROL 12VDC 0VDC

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN OUT 2-KM4 KCB1

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN_CAN1

IN KCB3

OUT KCB1

TL

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN KCB1

12-KB2

24VDC 3,8VDC (Value that remains active for 3” after the suction tube is put back in place)

(RELE’ RL2)

(EV111)

(continues)

31

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

32

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040536 - Dia. 97040537 - Dia. 97040538 - Dia. 97040539 - Dia. 97040541 IN-CAN2: line activated when the small suction tube is extracted and stops at the hydrogroup card TL: starts running after IN-CAN 2 has been activated and is used for operation of the suction contactor.

SMALL SUCTION TUBE CONTROL 12VDC 0VDC

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN OUT 3-KM5 KCB1

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN_CAN2

IN KCB3

OUT KCB1

TL

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN KCB1

11-KB2

24VDC 3,8VDC (Value that remains active for 3” after the suction tube is put back in place)

(RELE’ RL2)

(EV110)

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BOWL DRAIN VALVE APPLICATION - Dia. 97040540 Whenever water is let into the bowl, the float inside the valve triggers surgical suction. The water is conveyed to the suction tube.

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

VALVOLA DURR 11,5VDC 0VDC Value that remains active for about 20 seconds after the Durr valve (bowl drainage) has been emptied)

IN 12-KA2

OUT KCB1

TL

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN KCB1 RELE’ RL2 WORKING

Press the button on the indicated module to drain the water from the Durr valve (bowl drain) (hold down the button a few seconds). When the button is released, the valve and therefore suction stay on for 15 seconds. 97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD

VALVOLA DURR 11,5VDC 0VDC (Value that remains active for approximately 15 seconds after the button is released)

IN 12-KA2

OUT KCB1

TL

97660576 AUXILIARY CONNECTIONS CARD IN KCB1 RELE’ RL2 WORKING

This button drains the liquids from the valve so that the filter can be cleaned.

33

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

34

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING APPLICATION - Dia. 97040544 The system starts running when both suction tubes are connected to the nozzles placed under the suction filter. The system automatically washes with municipal water for 50 seconds - EV105 automatically with intermittent operation 2 sec.: ON - 1 SEC.: OFF. After washing with water, liquid disinfectant is let in- EV43 (approx. 10 cc) for about 10 seconds. Lastly it takes in only air for approximately 10 sec. to dry the ducts (total 1 minute and 10 seconds). 105 = washing solenoid valve. 43 = suction system disinfecting solenoid valve. LINEA VT = line activated when the two suction tubes are connected to the nozzles placed under the suction filter. - signal path Suction tubes extracted and connected to vacuum switches (for the signal path see IN-CAN1 and INCAN2)

97660438 HYGIEN SUCT. TUBE B. OUT 4-K7 (VT)

12VDC 0VDC

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD OUT 13-KB2 IN 15-KB2 (VT) OUT 14-KB2 KCB2 after 50”

per 50” 24,7VDC 0,8VDC 1sec. 2sec.

24,8VDC 1VDC 10sec.

97660438 HYGIEN SUCT. TUBE B. 2-K7 OUT 2-K2

3-K7

OUT 4-K2

24,7VDC 1sec. 0,9VDC 2sec. 24,7VDC 0,9VDC per10sec.

EV 105 - WATER

EV 43 - LIQUID DISINFECTANT

97660558 CANWASH

- work cycle 50” - EV105

10” - EV43

10”

SUCTION (continuous) + WATER (2sec. ON - 1sec. OFF)

SUCTION + LIQUID DISINFECTANT

AIR SUCTION

IN KCB1

DOCTOR CONSOLE OUT - Icon on display:

STOP

After only air has been taken in for 10”, the entire suction system stops. To restart, place the two suction tubes in the housings on the assistant’s board and extract them again. If one or both of the suction tubes are extracted before the cycle has been completed, the cycle is interrupted and a beep is provided.

Control path

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

Control path

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DISTILLED WATER APPLICATION - Dia. 97040542 The distilled water tank is put under pressure by pressing the button on the unit switches over to STAND-BY. The button

assistant’s board (relative LED on). The tank is automatically depressurized when the dental

whose LED is off delivers municipal water to the instruments thereby by passing the tank (BY_PASS).

97660421 ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD OUT KCB1

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD IN KCB3

BY_PASS

OUT 10-KB2

24,5VDC 0,9VDC

EV13

IN 2-8 KT1

Distilled water reserve level signal (Relative symbol displayed on doctor’s console). 97660558 DOCTOR CONSOLE

97660583 HYDRO-GR. BOARD DISTILLED WATER TANK

11,5VDC 0VDC

IN 17-KB2

OUT KCB2

RIS_H2O

IN KCB1

DISPLAY AVAILABLE ICON

J1 = OFF

35

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure. Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed) Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed) Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) LIST OF ERRORS THAT APPEAR ON THE DOCTOR’S CONSOLE DISPLAY LIST OF “ERRORS” - “ERROR”: Warning regarding a critical problem that shuts down some dental unit functions. DENTIST’S MODULE ERROR MESSAGES (the message depends on the firmware version)

NUMERICAL ERROR (Display shows: Internal error)

DESCRIPTIVE ERROR (with firmware up to: 10/10)

DESCRIPTIVE ERROR (with firmware since: 11/10)

1

Problem: hydro-group

-

2

Problem: assistant’s board

-

3

Problem: dentist’s board

-

4

Problem: Chair

-

5

Connections problem

-

Basic utility service center card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the basic utility service center card input voltage. - Check the status of the basic utility service center card leds.

6

Problem: Foot control

-

Foot control card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the foot control card input voltage. - Check the status of the foot control card leds.

7

Problem: Hygiene unit

-

Disinfecting system card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the disinfecting system card input voltage. - Check the status of the disinfecting system card leds.

8

9

10

List of fault

-

-

-

CHECKS

Basic hydrogroup card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the basic hydrogroup card input voltage. - Check the status of the basic hydrogroup card leds. Assistant’s board’s card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the assistant’s board’s card input voltage. - Check the status of the assistant’s board’s card leds. Basic instrument board’s card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the instrument board’s card input voltage. - Check the status of the instrument board’s card leds. Basic dental chair card does not communicate via CAN BUS: - Check the basic dental chair card input voltage. - Check the status of the basic dental chair card leds.

0008 call technical support

Error during autocheck. - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and doctor’s console card. - If OK and errors 9/10/12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 9/10/12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the instrument board’s card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

0009 call technical support

Error during autocheck. - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and basic dental chair card. - If OK and errors 8/10/12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/10/12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the basic dental chair card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

0010 call technical support

Error during autocheck. - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and basic hydrogroup card. - If OK and errors 8/9//12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/9//12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the basic hydrogroup card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

11

12

13

14

15

-

-

-

-

0011 call technical support

0012 call technical support

Error during autocheck. - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and doctor’s console card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the doctor’s console card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

0013 call technical support

Error during autocheck: - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and disinfecting system card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/14/15 don’t appear, replace the disinfecting system card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

0014 call technical support

Error during autocheck: - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and foot control card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/15 don’t appear, replace the foot control card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

0015 call technical support

Error during autocheck: - Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and assistant’s board’s card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/14 appear, replace the basic utility service center card. - If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/14 don’t appear, replace the assistant’s board’s card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on. Distilled water tank reserve level shuts down suction tube washing or disinfecting cycle: - Fill distilled water tank.

Cycle interrupted low level in tank

H2O reserve level fill tank

18

Autocheck CAN BUS press OK

-

WIRE ERROR: - Check the supply voltage and CAN BUS connections on the dental unit cards.

19

-

-

EEPROM read/write error: - Replace the basic utility service center card.

51

Cycle interrupted instruments changed

52

Cycle interrupted no pressure

53

Cycle interrupted low level in tank

17

2

-

(CAN LITE) The basic utility service center card is not on: - Check the basic utility service center card input voltage. - Check the CAN BUS connections on the basic utility service center card. - Verify if the foot control connection has been made to the correct connector on the basic utility service center card. - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card. (CAN TINY) The basic dental chair card is not on: - Check the basic dental chair card input voltage. - Check the CAN BUS connections on the basic dental chair card. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card. NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

Hydrogen peroxide tank reserve level shuts down disinfecting cycle: - Fill distilled water tank.

Instruments modified during disinfecting cycle: Check instruments - Repeat a disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were extracted repeat cycle during the previous cycle. 0052 call technical support

No water/air pressure: - Check the water/air pressure. - If OK, replace the pressure switch.

H2O2 reserve level Hydrogen peroxide tank reserve level shuts down disinfecting cycle: fill tank - Fill hydrogen peroxide tank and restart the cycle.

List of fault

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Volumetric sensor does not send the correct signal during the disinfecting cycle filling stage (hydrogen peroxide): - Check the water cocks on the instrument board (they should be open during the disinfecting cycle). - Check the air pressure to the pneumatic dosing unit. - Check the volumetric sensor.

Cycle interrupted Filling problem

Open H2O spray valves

55

-

0055 call technical support

Tank 1 level probe (W.H.E.) inconsistent (MAX – ON ; MIN – OFF): - Check the status of the disinfecting card. - Check the probes. - Check the status of the leds on the disinfecting card.

56

Hanging tank 1: no mains water

-

Tank 1 filling error (W.H.E.). Tank 1 eliminated as no water is present: - Check water flow to the dental unit. - Check water flow to the W.H.E. system. - Check the W.H.E. system probes.

57

-

0057 call technical support

Tank 2 level probe (W.H.E.) inconsistent (MAX – ON ; MIN – OFF): - Check the status of the disinfecting card. - Check the probes. - Check the status of the leds on the disinfecting card.

58

Hanging tank 2: no mains water

-

Tank 2 filling error (W.H.E.). Tank 2 eliminated as no water is present: - Check water flow to the dental unit. - Check water flow to the W.H.E. system. - Check the W.H.E. system probes.

59

Execute WHE emptying

Empty WHE system

STOP probe (W.H.E.) covered at start up: - Check the air pressure entering the dental unit. - See if there are water leaks to the W.H.E. system. - Perform the procedure to empty the tanks to quit the shutdown condition.

60

Mains water interrupted

Empty WHE system

FULL probe covered. W.H.E. system shutdown: - See if there are water leaks to the W.H.E. system. - Perform the procedure to empty the tanks to quit the shutdown condition.

61

-

0061 call technical support

63

-

-

64

-

0064 call technical support

65

Emptying interrupted WHE not on

Turn on WHE system

54

Disinfecting card internal error: - Replace the disinfecting system card. Current protector active: - Check the W.H.E. system solenoid valves. Procedure to empty W.H.E. system not correctly completed: - Check the W.H.E. system solenoid valves. - Check the water to cup solenoid valve. If the BY PASS signal is not on, the system cannot be emptied: - Check the led in the BY PASS key on the assistant’s board.

Vacuum meter signal not present: - Check the status of the vacuum meters. Check suction tubes - Check the basic hydrogroup card. Repeat cycle - Check the disinfecting system card. IMPORTANT: Do not start the suction tube washing cycle while the disinfecting cycle is in progress.

66

-

67

Hanging tank 1: STOP probe on

-

Tank 1 filling error (W.H.E.). Tank 1 eliminated because STOP probe is on: - Check water flow to the W.H.E. system. - Check the W.H.E. tank probes.

68

Hanging tank 2: STOP probe on

-

Tank 2 filling error (W.H.E.). Tank 2 eliminated because STOP probe is on: - Check water flow to the W.H.E. system. - Check the W.H.E. tank probes.

100

List of fault

Instrument not Configured

Instrument set

Instrument not recognized by doctor’s console: - If the factory settings have been reset, press the OK icon key on the doctor’s console display while the instrument is extracted. Repeat the operation for all the instruments on the doctor’s and assistant’s side except for the syringes. On - the contrary, check: - the basic instrument board card; - the control card of the instrument causing the error; - the basic instrument board card connections (KS/KCB).

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

101

Type not valid

0101 call technical support

Type of instrument not valid: - Check the basic instrument board card and relative connections (KS/KCB). Micromotor MX / camera IDCAM: check the status of the leds on the control card.

102

Problem: Telecamera

0102 call technical support

Camera handpiece not present or not working: - Connect the camera handpiece to the relative cord if it is not connected - On the contrary, check continuity of the cables inside the camera cord. If OK, replace the camera handpiece.

103

-

0103 call technical support

Hardware problem (fiber optic): - Replace the basic instrument board card.

104

-

0104 call technical support

Hardware problem (CI): - Replace the basic instrument board card.

107

-

-

The Flushing cycle cannot be performed: - Check dip-switch no.4 (ON = with Flushing) of the basic dentist’s module card. - Repeat the cycle with instruments out.

108

-

H2O reserve level Fill tank

The Flushing cycle is not performed because the distilled water tank is on reserve: - Put distilled water into the relative tank.

109

-

-

150

Put back the suction tubes

Put suction tubes back in place

151

Put back instruments

Put instrument back in place

Suction tubes extracted when dental unit was turned on: - Put the suction tubes back in place. Instruments on assistant’s board extracted when dental unit was turned on: - Put the instruments back in place on the assistant’s board.

Suction tube washing cycle cannot be performed: - Make sure the suction tube terminal is opened. Check suction tubes - Check the vacuum switches, vacuum meters and ducts in the suction tube filter, suction washing system. - Check the suction system.

200

Problem: suction

201

Problem: Cattani pump

0201 call technical support

Cattani pump faulty: - Replace the Cattani pump.

202

Hardware problem bowl

0202 call technical support

Bowl hardware problem: - Check the potentiometer, gear motor, bowl rotation card / basic hydrogroup card and relative electrical connections.

203

Communication problem bowl

0203 call technical support

Communication problems between the bowl rotation card and basic hydrogroup card: - Check the bowl rotation card, basic hydrogroup card and relative electrical connections.

205

Put back the suction tubes

Put suction tubes back in place

Suction tubes extracted when dental unit was turned on: - Put the suction tubes back in place.

206

Put back instruments

Put instrument back in place

Instruments on assistant’s board extracted when dental unit was turned on: - Put the instruments back in place on the assistant’s board.

300

-

Check lamp fuses

No 18 VAC: - Check the transformer, fuse (18VAC) and basic utility service center card.

301

-

-

No 24 VAC_R: - Check the transformer, fuse (24 VAC_R) and basic utility service center card.

302

-

-

No 24 VAC_I: - Check the transformer, fuse (24 VAC_I) and basic utility service center card.

303

4

The Flushing cycle is terminated due to an error: - Repeat the cycle correctly

-

-

Incorrect 12 VDC: - Check the voltage (12 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card. - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card. NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

List of fault

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

304

305

-

-

-

Incorrect 24 VDC: - Check the led and voltage (24 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card. Check the line voltage (230 VAC). - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card. NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

-

Incorrect 32 VDC: - Check the voltage (32 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card. - Check the line voltage (230 VAC). - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card. NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

306

-

-

No voltage at multimedia card: - Check jumper/dip switch no. 5 on the basic utility service center card (position ON with monitor/work station). - Check the input/output voltage of the monitor/work station power supply card).

307

-

-

Main piloting air YV error: - Check the main air YV and relative electrical connection. - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.

308

-

-

Main piloting water YV error: - Check the main water YV and relative electrical connection. - If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.

309

Check jumper

Check connection jumper

310

-

-

311

Mains water interrupted

0311 call technical support

350

-

-

351

-

Foot control setting Incorrect minimum value calibration. not OK

352

-

Foot control setting Incorrect CM signal calibration. not OK

353

-

Foot control setting Incorrect maximum value calibration. not OK

354

-

Foot control setting Incorrect zero (home) calibration. not OK

355

-

Foot control setting Incorrect calibration. not OK

400

Acquisition problem Seat motion

0400 call technical support

Seat potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card: - Check the voltage values of the seat potentiometer. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

401

Acquisition problem Backrest motion

0401 call technical support

Backrest potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card: - Check the voltage values of the backrest potentiometer. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

402

Dental chair problem Wrong end-stop sett.

-

Direction of potentiometer variation reversed or acquired setting outside range: - Check the potentiometers and reset them from a mechanical point of view. - If the error persists, replace the basic dental chair card.

403

-

0403 call technical support

Internal eprom error: - Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.

List of fault

Brand not configured: - Check jumpers/dip switches no. 3 and no. 4 on the basic utility service center card. Short circuit in monitor/work station power supply output voltage: - Replace the monitor/work station power supply card. No mains water: - Verify mains water is present. Detected values do not permit calibration of foot control.

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

404

-

0404 see technical manual

System between dental chair and dental unit not valid: - Check jumper/dip switch: - no.2 (ON) on the basic utility service center card and basic dental chair card; - no.4 (ON) on the basic water card.

406

-

0406 call technical support

Basic dental chair card hardware problem: - Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.

407

-

0407 call technical support

Basic dental chair card hardware problem: - Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.

408

-

0408 call technical support

Basic dental chair card hardware problem: - Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.

411

-

-

Seat potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card: - Check the voltage values of the seat potentiometer. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

412

-

-

Backrest potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card: - Check the voltage values of the backrest potentiometer. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

415

-

-

For internal statistics only. The machine is working properly.

420

-

-

For internal statistics only. The machine is working properly.

LIST OF “WARNINGS” - “WARNING”: Warning of a problem that is not important and does not block the dental unit (e.g. the activation of the AUTOSTERIL cycle when the instruments are not extracted). DENTIST’S MODULE WARNING MESSAGES (The message depends on the firmware version) NUMERICAL WARNING (Display shows: Warning)

DESCRIPTIVE WARNING (with firmware up to: 10/10)

DESCRIPTIVE WARNING (with firmware since: 11/10)

50

Instruments not in stand-by

Put instruments back in place

All the instruments have to be in place in order to start a disinfecting cycle: - Put all the instruments back into place on the instrument board.

51

-

-

Attempt made to start a disinfecting cycle without selecting an instrument: - Select an instrument or cup or suction tubes.

-

Disinfecting system not installed in the dental unit: - Command refused because the disinfecting system is not installed in the dental unit. - Check jumper/dip switch no. 1 (ON) on the disinfecting card.

52

6

-

CHECKS

53

-

-

An instrument is accidentally released during the disinfecting cycle (instruments changed error): - Empty and wash the ducts to exit the shutdown condition. - Always perform the whole disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were selected when the cycle was started.

54

Cycle interrupted option not included

-

Disinfecting system not installed in the dental unit: - Check jumper/dip switch no. 1 (ON) on the disinfecting card. - If OK, replace the disinfecting card.

List of fault

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

55

-

-

Water to cup command selected with disinfecting cycle shutdown: - Empty and wash the ducts to exit the shutdown condition. - Always perform the whole disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were selected when the cycle was started.

56

Missing-in problem oxygenated water

-

Solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide does not work: - Replace the solenoid valve

57

Not enough instruments taken out

Withdraw all instruments

59

Cycle interrupted no instrument

Withdraw at least one instrument

200

Hydro emergency active

Hydrogroup emergency activated

202

Perform setup proc. Bowl

Set bowl

203

Bowl end-stop OK

Bowl setting OK

Bowl rotation limit switch setup correctly completed.

204

Problem: bowl Wrong end-stop sett.

Bowl setting not OK

Bowl rotation limit switch setup not correctly completed: - Set the bowl rotation limit switch.

250

Cycle completed Shut off and turn back on

Shut off and turn back on

W.H.E. drain cycle completed: - Shut off and turn the dental unit back on or press the OK icon key on the doctor’s console to restart the W.H.E. system.

251

Calibrating foot control

-

300

Execute periodical maintenance

Perform routine maintenance

400

Chair base emergency active

Foot board emergency Activated

Automatic or manual dental chair movement interrupted because foot control emergency switch was actuated: - Check the foot control emergency microswitch and basic dental chair card.

401

Backrest emergency active

Backrest emergency Activated

Automatic or manual dental chair movement interrupted because backrest emergency switch was actuated: - Check the backrest emergency microswitch and basic dental chair card.

402

Perform setup proc. Dental chair end-stop

Set dental chair

Basic dental chair card not set: - Set the dental chair limit switches.

403

Dental chair motion disabled

Dental chair blocked Put instrument in place

Automatic dental chair movements A/B/C/D are disabled by an extracted instrument or disinfecting/emptying cycle or camera set to FREEZE: - Put the instrument back in place and wait for the disinfecting/emptying cycle to end or set the camera to LIVE and restart automatic movements A/B/C/D.

404

Dental chair motion disabled

-

Set positions A/B/C/D/RA/PR lost. The dental chair automatically set itself to the factory programs: - Reset positions A/B/C/D/RA/PR.

407

Dental chair problem calibrating

Automatic limit switch setup procedure for dental chair movements not correctly completed: Dental chair setting - Verify if the safety foot board has been removed before starting the automatic not OK setup procedure. - Set the dental chair limit switches.

408

Dental chair end-stop OK

Dental chair setting Automatic limit switch setup procedure for dental chair movements correctly OK completed.

List of fault

Instruments extracted were changed during the disinfecting cycle: - After the disinfecting cycle has been shutdown it has to be restarted with the same instruments that were extracted for the previous cycle that was interrupted. Disinfecting cycle started with cups or instruments not selected: - Perform a disinfecting cycle with cups and/or instruments selected. Hydrogroup emergency while dental chair was moving down: - Check the assistant’s board’s microswitch. Bowl rotation limit switch setup request: - Set the bowl rotation limit switch.

Foot control calibration procedure accessed. Perform scheduled maintenance: - Go to the “SERVICE MENU” and reset the hour meter.

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

8

Dental chair seat emergency switch actuated: - Check jumper/dip switch no. 8 (OFF) on the basic dental chair card and seat emergency microswitch. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

409

Seat emergency active

Seat emergency Activated

411

Instrument Extracted

Dental chair blocked Put instrument in place

Dental chair automatic functions (A/B/C/D) shutdown: - Verify signal EGN is present when the instruments are in place.

412

Instrument On

Dental chair blocked Put instrument in place

Automatic (A/B/C/D) and manual dental chair functions shutdown: - Check the EGN – CM signals: EGN: - present when the instruments are in place; - absent when the instruments are on. CM: - present with foot control actuated; - absent when foot control is not actuated.

413

User shutdown On

Dental chair shutdown activated

Automatic (A/B/C/D) and manual dental chair functions shutdown: - Verify operation of the 50% key. - The relative icon should be shown on the doctor’s console display when operating.

List of fault

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

CONTENTS - DENTAL CHAIR INTERCONNECTION MODULE (CODE 97660164) ........................................................ 2 - “EMS” SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660183) ........................................................................... 3 - SATELEC SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660365 - Until: 09/2008) .......................................... 4 - CURING LAMP “T LED” MODULE (CODE 97660401) ................................................................................... 6 - DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660420 - Until: 06/2008) .............................................................................. 8 - ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660421 - Until: 02/2009) .............................................................. 13 - ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660697 - From: 03/2009).............................................................. 13 - SUCTION TUBE DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660438)......................................................................... 16 - STANDARD/PUSH-PEDAL CARD (CODE 97660442) ..................................................................................... 17 - MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE MX (CODE 97660474)..................................................................... 22 - BASIC INSTRUMENT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660532) ....................................................................... 26 - DOCTOR’S CONSOLE MODULE (CODE 97660558) ..................................................................................... 30 -TURBINE CONTROL MODULE (CODE 97660565) ......................................................................................... 33 - BASIC ELECTRICAL BOX MODULE (CODE 97660576) .............................................................................. 35 - BASIC DENTAL CHAIR MODULE (CODE 97660578) ................................................................................... 41 - BASIC DIGITAL HYDROGROUP MODULE (CODE 97660583) ................................................................... 46 - MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660616 - Until: 04/10) ....................... 51 - MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660906 - From: 05/10) ...................... 51 - MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE ISOLITE 300 - MC3 (CODE 97660617) ........................................ 53 - MOTORIZED BOWL CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660627) .......................................................................... 56 - SCALER INTERFACE CARD (CODE 97660630 - From: 10/2008) ............................................................... 58 - SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660672 - From: 07/2008 - Until: 01/2010) ........... 60 - SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660866 - From: 02/2010) ...................................... 65

Boards layout

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DENTAL CHAIR INTERCONNECTION MODULE (CODE 97660164)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector K5 - PIN 2. MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type: 5 VDC: connector K5 - PIN 1. 2. DESCRIPTION - It acts an interconnection between basic dental chair module code 97660578, the back potentioFLAT CABLE CONNECTOR: meter and back microswitch. - It acts an interconnection for the 230 VAC power supply for the back gear motor. - It acts an interconnection with the keypad on the AMP CONNECTOR: side of the dental chair OPTIONAL. 3. CONNECTORS K5(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection between back potentiometer and basic dental chair module code 97660578 Signal interconnection for back emergency microswitch (EM3) K6(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection with BASIC dental chair module code 97660578 (ONLY IF SIDE KEYPAD IS INSTALLED - OPTIONAL). K11(AMP)Back potentiometer connection K12 Back emergency microswitch connection EM3 If connector K12 is disconnected, the back’s safety device is activated as a result the chair seat/back cannot move down and the automatic programs are not operative. K13(AMP)Power supply/signal interconnection for keypad on side of dental chair OPTIONAL KC Connection, dental chair backrest geared motor capacitor KSC INPUT, backrest geared motor supply from dental chair base circuit board (code 97660578) 230VAC KSC-M OUTPUT, backrest geared motor supply, 230VAC 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT. 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 6. LEDS NOT PRESENT. 7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT 8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT. 2

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) “EMS” SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660183)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 1. 0 V: connector KP1 - PIN 4.

1

4

7

2

5

8

3

6

9

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

2. DESCRIPTION - Interface module for power supply and signals between FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR: the basic instrument board module code 97660532 and module EMS code 97660262. - Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1). - Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is AMP CONNECTOR: withdrawn to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS “NO EG” SIGNAL). CAUTION: If the supply voltage (32 Vdc) is less than 30 Vdc, the EMS power supply card (code 97660262) may not activate the scaler’s handpiece or make it vibrate correctly (power low). In this case, check the dental unit’s supply voltage (M2: L - N), which should be 230 (±10%) Vac: - If the voltage is too low, switch the jumper, placed at 0V of connector KSA (electrical box card code 97660483), to –10V. - If the voltage is too high, spostare il ponte, situato sullo 0V del connettore KSA (electrical box card code 97660483), to +10V. 3. CONNECTORS F.O. Handpiece F.O. power supply F.O. +: blue wire F.O. -: blue wire V/R Handpiece power supply V: green wire R: red wire EV Solenoid valve connection, Fiber optics light cooling (ONLY FOR EMS SCALER HANDPIECE WITH F.O.). KP Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). K1 Power supply/signal interconnection with EMS control (code 97660262). 4. RELAYS RL1 - Double contact relay. EMS control power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument. 5. FUSES - 6. LEDS - 7. JUMPERS - 8.SETTINGS: NOT PRESENT. Boards layout

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SATELEC SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660365 - Until: 09/2008)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 24VDC: connector KS1 - PIN 1 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 4 (For Satelec Newtron control power supply code 97660365). 0 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 1 2. DESCRIPTION - Interface module for power supply and signals between the basic instrument board module code 97660532 and the SATELEC NEWTRON module 97660385. - Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1) - Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS “NO EG” SIGNAL). 3. CONNECTORS F.O. EV Fiber optics cooling solenoid valve power supply KA1

Handpiece power supply Pin 1: red wire (Orange) Pin 2: white wire (Black) Pin 3: TEAM UP application connection Pin 4: NOT USED Fiber optics power supply Pin 5: blue wire Pin 6: blue wire

KC1

Interconnection with SATELEC NEWTRON control code 97660385.

KC2

Interconnection with SATELEC NEWTRON control code 97660385.

KP1

Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532).

KS1(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). 4

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 4. RELAYS RL1 - double contact relay SATELEC NEWTRON control power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 6. LEDS DL1 - green It is placed after relay RL1 and shows 32 VDC is being correctly fed to the SATELEC NEWTRON control code 97660385. 7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT. 8. SETTINGS Trimmer P1: regulates the voltage for power adjustment (LINE C1 - PIN 6 KC2) In order for the SATELEC scaler to work efficiently, 5 VDC (+/- 0.2) should be present at pin 6 of connector KC2 (interface module code 97660365 for SATELEC with NEWTRON CONTROL) when the scaler is working regularly and the program and foot control are at MAX. On the contrary, adjust trimmer “P1” of the interface module to obtain this value. With function ENDO, 2.6 VDC (+/- 0.2) should be present at pin 6 of connector KC2 when the program and foot control are at MAX.

Boards layout

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CURING LAMP “T LED” MODULE (CODE 97660401)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KP - PIN 1 DC32V: connector KP - PIN 4

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION - Supplies power to the curing light (T-LED) handpiece. - Generates the instrument acknowledgement signal (TYPE 4) if installed on the instrument board. - Generates the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out automatic PR/RA movements if the standard foot control is accidentally pushed. This function is operative only if installed on the instrument board 3. CONNECTORS K1 Supplies power to T-LED handpiece Pin 1 - 24 VDC PIn 2 - 0 V 6

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532) K2

Microswitch connection, Instrument mount, if installed on the assistant’s board

K3

NOT USED.

4. RELAYS RL1 - Supplies power to the curing light (T- LED) module 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT 6. LEDS DL1 - GREEN If illuminated, it signals 24 VDC power is present for curing light T-LED On when the instrument is removed Off when the instrument is in the holder 7. JUMPERS J1 Position 1-2 when the curing lamp is installed on the instrument board Position 2-3 when the curing lamp is installed on the assistant’s board J2 Position 1-2 when the curing lamp is installed on the instrument board and assistant’s board 8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT

Boards layout

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660420 - Until: 06/2008) (CAN BUS NODE)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY 0V: connector KAL 5 – PIN 1 24VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 3 12VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 4 24VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 6 8

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 2.

FUNCTIONING - The circuit board accepts all possible combinations: Only for BIOSTER system only, WHE system only or both applications at the same time. - Controls BIOSTER and WHE systems. - Varies hydrogen peroxide supply according to the height of the dental unit - Checks metering solenoid valve for short circuits. LED DL4 (if provided) flashes to indicate the presence of shorts.

3.

CONNECTORS KAL5(Molex)INPUT power from the connector box base circuit box (item no. 976604422) KCB5 CAN BUS signal lead interconnection, Connection box base circuit board (item no. 976604422) K1

NOT USED.

KB1(Molex) PIN 1 - EV connection, Conduit drainage PIN 2 - EV connection, Hydrogen peroxide dispenser PIN 3 - NOT USED PIN 4 - Connection, Volume-metering sensor PIN 5 - EV connection, Conduit drainage PIN 6 - EV connection, Hydrogen peroxide dispenser PIN 7 - 0V PIN 8 - +12VDC KB2(Molex)

Connector, Hydrogen peroxide system interlock

KD1(Molex)

Connector, Addition of hydrogen peroxide

KD2(Molex) Connector, Shut-off unit solenoid valves PIN 1 - TANK S1 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID PIN 2 - TANK S1 SHUTTER SOLENOID PIN 3 - TANK S2 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID PIN 4 - TANK S2 SHUTTER SOLENOID PIN 5 - TANK S1 WATER OUTLET SOLENOID PIN 6 - TANK S2 WATER OUTLET SOLENOID PIN 7 - PRE-CHAMBER WATER MAIN INLET SOLENOID KL1

NOT USED.

THE “0VAC” VALUE SPECIFIED FOR CONNECTORS KS1 AND KS2 STANDS FOR A “0V” VALUE, REGARDLESS OF THE “0V” VALUE COMMON TO THE REMAINING PARTS OF THE DENTAL UNIT. THE VOLTAGE OF THE PROBE SHOULD THEREFORE BE MEASURED USING THE DEDICATED “0V” VALUE AS A REFERENCE (see KS1, KS1 and TP1) MEASUREMENTS TAKEN WITH THE “0V” VALUE COMMON TO THE DENTAL UNIT MAY BE INACCURATE. KS1

Boards layout

Connector, Shut-off unit common probes PIN 1 – Tank S1 probe PIN 2 – Tank S2 probe PIN 3 – PRE-CHAMBER probe PIN 4 – NOT USED 9

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

4.

KS2

Connector, Pre-chamber, Tank S1 & Tank S2 probes. PIN 1 – FULL level probe, Tank S1. PIN 2 – LOW-level probe, Tank S1. PIN 3 – FULL level probe, Tank S2. PIN 4 – LOW-level probe, Tank S2. PIN 5 – Pre-chamber STOP probe. PIN 6 – Pre-chamber FULL probe.

KS3

WHE air pressure switch connection. Jumper inserted in connector, if WHE air pressure switch is not installed.

RELAYS NOT PROVIDED

5.

FUSES NOT PROVIDED

6.

LEDS LED “PWRS” – DL1 (NOT USED). LED “POWER” – DL2 – green Indicates that a 24 VDC supply is on. LED “ERR” – DL3 – red OFF: The circuit board is operating in a trouble free manner ON: stays on when the probes in the 2 tanks do not detect the correct water level inside. (corresponding to errors 55, 56, 57 and 58 on the display). The led remains illuminated when the dental unit is installed in a show room. On the other hand, when it is installed in a doctor’s office, make sure the compressor is on when the led is illuminated and empty the WHE tanks from the doctor’s console. Make sure the sensitivity set for the WHE probes (see Service menu) is correct. The red led goes out after the fault has been cleared and the dental unit has been turned off and back on. Otherwise the card needs to be replaced due to an internal error. FLASHING: There is a fault in the auxiliary equipment (solenoid valves, sensors, probes) controlled by the circuit board. - Solenoid valve EV8, Hydrogen peroxide metering. LED “DIAG” – DL4 – orange (Diagnostic LED). NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS: Regular flashing. If the LED flashes four times quickly then pauses for one second, this means that there is fault in the CAN BUS lead (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED). - If the LED flashes quickly or slowly at irregular time intervals, see: “ DIAGNOSTIC LED INDICATIONS “DIAG” - DL4” – Par. “HYGIENE SYSTEMS. LED “WERR” – DL5 – red (WIRE ERROR LED). The CAN-BUS signals are transmitted over a dedicated shielded lead (2 wires + shield) LED OFF: Normal operating conditions LED ON: Wire of the CAN BUS lead short-circuited LED FLASHING: Wire of the CAN BUS lead pinched

10

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) In the event of fault, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS the CAN-BUS CONNECTION circuit boards are provided with will come on depending on the problems arisen. For trouble-shooting, disconnect the CAN BUS lead starting from the hydro-group assembly and localize the faulty wiring (THE LED GOES OFF WHEN THE FAULT IS FOUND). LED “ACT” – DL6 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each circuit board, which handles the CAN BUS signals (digital system) and fitted with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green colored) This LED flashes each time the circuit board transfers data to the CAN BUS. IRREGULAR FLASHING: Normal operating conditions STEADY LIGHT: Problem with the circuit board microprocessor (REPLACE THE CIRCUIT BOARD) or CAN BUS lead disconnected. LED “FILL” – DL7 – green WHE APPLICATION If steady light is emitted, this means that solenoid valve EV61 is open (WHE water inlet). BIOSTER APPLICATION If the LED flashes, this means that hydrogen peroxide is passing through the volume-metering sensor (PROPER FUNCTIONING). If the LED stays off, the sensor is not detecting the flow of hydrogen peroxide. LED “OUTS1” – DL8 – green If the LED comes on, this means that solenoid valve EV117 (water outlet of tank S1) is open. LED “OUTS2” – DL9 – green If the LED comes on, this means that solenoid valve EV117 (water outlet of tank S2) is open. 7.

JUMPERS J1 – NO BIO / SL_0 (BIOSTER) ON position: BIOSTER system not provided OFF position: BIOSTER system provided J2 - NODV /SL_1 (WHE) ON position: WHE system not provided OFF position: WHE system provided J3 – NO ADD (WHE) ON position: disables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 2.1) ; WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm (FW rev. ≥ 2.1). OFF position: enables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 2.1) ; WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm (FW rev. ≥ 2.1). DEFAULT POSITION: OFF J4 – SA ON position: Sanitation control circuit board installed on analog dental unit OFF position: Sanitation control circuit board installed on digital dental unit

8.

SETTINGS Access the SERVICE ITEM MENU provided to adjust probe sensitivity (refer to relevant chart)

Boards layout

11

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Table for adjusting probe sensitivity in relation to water conductibility: WATER CONDUCTIBILITY

CARD SENSITIVITY

< 80 μS/cm

Installation of the WHE is not recommended.

< 100 μS/cm

Sensitivity 4 (High sensitivity level for installations with very low water conductibility. Incorrect readings may occur caused by dirt on the walls and/or insulation of probes inside the tank). Check the condition of the probes at least every 6 months. (See PROBE MAINTENANCE).

From 100 to 150 μS/cm Sensitivity 3 From 150 to 250 μS/cm Sensitivity 2 > 250 μS/cm

Sensitivity 1

TP1: Test point 0VAC, to be ONLY used for testing tanks S1 & S2 and the pre-chamber. TP2: Test point 0VAC/DC to be used for the entire dental unit. DO NOT USE THIS TEST POINT TO INSPECT THE TANK PROBES CHECKING THE PROBES Put the voltage tester prongs between the FULL and LOW level probes of the tank to be inspected as well as the probe common to the respective tank (remember that the common probe is connected to a dedicated 0V supply) - With the probe IMMERSED, the reading should be 0.6 VAC +/- 10% - With the probe NOT IMMERSED, the reading should be 0.1 VAC. If the readings are incorrect, replace the probes.

9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660420/C First version installed. Firmware 60420 rev. 2.0

23/08/07

The amount of hydrogen peroxide used during continuous WHE system mixing can be set: Code 97660420/D - J3 in position ON: mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 300 ppm (2 sec.). Firmware 60420 rev. 2.1 - J3 in position OFF (factory settings): mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 600 ppm (4 sec.).

11/12/08

Code 97660420/E Possibility to add hydrogen peroxide with the dispenser (not only via dropping due to Firmware 60420 rev. 2.2 gravity).

15/09/09

12

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660421 - Until: 02/2009) ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660697 - From: 03/2009) (CAN BUS NODE)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KAL1 - PIN 1 12 VDC: connector KAL4 - PIN 3 24 VDC: connector KAL4 - PIN 4 0 VAC: connector KAL4 - PIN 5 24 VAC: connector KAL4 - PIN 6

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION -

Start the instruments on the assistant’s board when picked up Supplies power to curing lamp T-LED handpiece Supplies power to the syringe 6F handpiece on the assistant’s board Control panel/BASIC hydrogroup module signal interconnection Generates signals S-CAN 1 and S-CAN 2 to start suction It acknowledges the time the dental chair dual function keys are held down and sends the signal to CAN BUS to execute either the set or manual movement.

Boards layout

13

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3. CONNECTORS K1 24 VAC OUTPUT for syringe 6F PIN 1 - 24 VAC PIN 2 - 0 V KAL4 Module power supply INPUT KCB1 CANBUS signals interconnections KCB2 AVAILABLE CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS KM1 Microswitch connection, Hydraulic saliva suction / curing lamp T-LED handpiece KM2 Microswitch connection, Camera handpiece KM3 Microswitch connection, Syringe handpiece KM4 Microswitch/large tubing sensor module (ACCORDING TO DENTAL UNIT MODEL) KM5 Microswitch/small tubing sensor module (ACCORDING TO DENTAL UNIT MODEL) KM6 Power supply terminal block, Curing lamp T-LED handpiece KT1 Power supply/signal interconnection, Control panel P1 NOT USED 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT 6. LEDS DL1: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT). DL2: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected. DL3: +12 V- green Signals 12 VDC power on DL4: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It flashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it flashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced. DL5: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. 14

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DL6: +24 V- green Signals 24 VDC power supplied to module 7. JUMPERS J1 OFF POSITION: T-LED handpiece present ; hydraulic saliva ejector not present. ON POSITION: T-LED handpiece not present ; hydraulic saliva ejector present. J2 NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF J3 With card code 97660421 < /B - FW < 1.7: NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF With card code 97660697 e cod. 97660421 ≥ /B - FW ≥ 1.7: - OFF: Automatic dental chair functions (A-B-C-D) on assistant’s board enabled. - ON: Automatic dental chair functions (A-B-C-D) on assistant’s board disabled. Regardless of the position of jumper J3, the automatic return (RA) and rinse position (PR) functions are always operative. J4 NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF 8. SETTINGS Check the correct position of the jumper. 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660421/A First version installed. Firmware 60421 rev. 1.6

26/08/05

Use jumper J3 (card code 97660421) to enable/disable automatic dental chair functions A, B, C and D present on the assistant’s board: Code 97660421/B - J3 open: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) enabled. Firmware 60421 rev. 1.7 - J3 closed: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) disabled. Regardless of the position of jumper J3, the automatic return (RA) and rinse position (PR) functions are always operative.

27/06/08

CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660697 First product version. Firmware 60697 rev. 2.0

02/03/09

Code 97660697 CAN BUS correction. Firmware 60697 rev. 2.1

15/09/09

Boards layout

15

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

SUCTION TUBE DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660438)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector K7 - PIN 6 24 VDC: connector K7 - PIN 1 2. DESCRIPTION - Provides the signal which, through the 2 series pressure switches VT1 and VT2, starts the suction tube washing cycle - Supplies water and disinfectant EV for the suction tube washing cycle 3. CONNECTORS K7(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic hydrogroup module code 97660583 K2(AMP) PINS 1-2: EV power supply OUTPUT, Opening water for suction tube washing (24 VDC) PINS 3-4: EV power supply OUTPUT, Disinfectant for suction tube washing (24 VDC) 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT 6. LEDS NOT PRESENT 7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT 8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT 16

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) STANDARD/PUSH-PEDAL CARD (CODE 97660442) (CAN BUS NODE)

Boards layout

17

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 12VDC: connector K22 - PIN 4 0 V: connector K22 - PIN 5 2. DESCRIPTION CAUTION. In order for the foot control to operate correctly, the magnet of the central switch should be positioned with the dot facing down. STANDARD FOOT CONTROL -

Generates signal CM for instrument start up through sensor U1. Generates signal POT_C to change the speed/power of the dynamic instruments through sensor U5. Generates signal ER to start spray to the instruments. Generates signal SV to wash the instrument cords. Generates signal CHIP to start the CHIP BLOWER in MANUAL and AUTOMATIC modes after working with instruments SPRAY. Interconnection for signals for dental chair movement from foot control microswitches. Controls automatic programs PR and RA activated with the central foot control.

PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL - Generates signal CM for instrument start up through the foot control microswitch. - Generates signal POT_C to change the speed/power of the dynamic instruments through sensor U5. - Generates signal ER to start spray to the instruments IF SELECTED - Generates signal SV to wash the instrument cords. - Generates signal CHIP to start the CHIP BLOWER in MANUAL and AUTOMATIC modes after working with instruments SPRAY. - Controls automatic programs PR and RA (if present) by pressing the relative button on the foot control. 3. CONNECTORS K1

Microswitch connection for signal CM (ONLY FOR PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL)

K3(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection for foot control module K4(AMP) CHIP AIR button connection WITH PUSH–PEDAL FOOT CONTROL it turns on/off spray to instruments (SHORT IMPULSE) and, with the instruments in place, automatic PR (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. WITH STANDARD FOOT CONTROL with the instruments in place, it governs automatic PR (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. K5(AMP) Instrument cord washing button connection WITH PUSH–PEDAL FOOT CONTROL it turns on/off spray to instruments (SHORT IMPULSE) and, with the instruments in place, automatic RA (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. WITH STANDARD FOOT CONTROL with the instruments in place, it governs automatic RA (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. K6

LED connection, Spray (ONLY FOR PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL).

K22

Power supply/CAN BUS signal interconnection with BASIC electrical box module code 97660576

P1

NOT USED

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT. 18

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT.6. LEDS DL1: +12 V - green Lights up to signal 12 VDC power on for module DL2 - DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly Led DIAG signals the setting stage has started or any errors present (SEE TABLE). TYPE OF FLASHING LIGHT

MEANING

Flashes regularly. The led goes on and off at 400 mS intervals

Correct operation

Flashes quickly. The led goes on and off twice as fast as normal 200mS

During set up, it indicates the END STROKE SETTINGS ARE BEING SAVED

Flashes irregularly. Fast, slow with pauses

Foot control not properly set or fault inside module. Set the module. If the problem persists, replace foot control module code 97660442.

DL3: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY LED THAT GOES OUT). DL4: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.

Boards layout

19

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DL5: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation. ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. 7. JUMPERS J1 POSITION OFF: Default position POSITION ON: CALIBRATION mode is accessed without pressing buttons RH and LH. J2 POSITION ON: pressure foot control POSITION OFF: standard foot control J3 ON POSITION: RA/PR functions disabled from the standard pedal lever (with module code 97660442/D - FW ≥ 2.3 only) and the upper keys on the push pedal (with module code 97660442/E - FW ≥ 2.5 only). OFF POSITION: RA/PR functions enabled from the standard pedal lever and the upper keys of the push pedal. J4 NOT USED Default position: OFF 8. SETTINGS Set the foot control as directed below: THE INSTRUMENTS MUST BE IN THE HOLDERS!!!! THE SAME PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED TO SET STANDARD AND PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROLS. a- Make certain jumper J2 is in the correct position according to the foot control being used (SEE PARAGRAPH “JUMPERS”. b- Turn on the dental unit holding down both buttons RH and LH or with jumper J1 on (ON). LED “DIAG” FLASHES QUICKLY IN A REGULAR MANNER TO SIGNAL WHEN SET UP MODE IS ACTIVATED. c- Release the buttons. d- Move the pedal COMPLETELY to the left and right: repeat the operation a number of times keeping the pedal at the end of its stroke for 2 seconds. NOTE: WHEN A PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL IS PROVIDED, ACTIVATING THE SWITCH DOES NOT AFFECT THE RESULTS OF THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE. e- Leave both foot controls in the middle position. f- Press key RH to confirm calibration. THE LED GOES OUT AS SOON AS BUTTON RH IS RELEASED. NOTE: IF LED DIAG FLASHES IN AN IRREGULAR MANNER, BLINKING QUICKLY 7 TIMES AND THEN PAUSING, IT MEANS THERE IS AN ERROR INSIDE THE MODULE AND THE SETTING HAS NOT BEEN ACCEPTED. THEREFORE PRESS BUTTON LH AND REPEAT THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE AGAIN FROM STEP “D” TO STEP “F”. IF, AFTER REPEATING THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE LED DIAG STILL FLASHES IRREGULARLY, REPLACE BASIC FOOT CONTROL MODULE. 20

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) g- Move the foot control lever completely to the right and left. LED DIAG SHOULD LIGHT UP JUST BEFORE THE FOOT PEDAL REACHES THE END. NOTE: IF LED DIAG DOES NOT LIGHT UP OR LIGHTS UP WHEN THE FOOT-PEDAL IS HALFWAY, IT MEANS THERE IS AN ERROR INSIDE THE MODULE AND THE SETTING HAS NOT BEEN ACCEPTED. THEREFORE PRESS BUTTON LH AND REPEAT THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE AGAIN FROM STEP “D” TO STEP “G”. IF, AFTER REPEATING THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE LED DIAG STILL FLASHES IRREGULARLY, REPLACE BASIC FOOT CONTROL MODULE. h- Press button LH to quit programming mode. LED DIAG should flash normally again (400 mS ON and 400 mS OFF).

STANDARD FOOT CONTROL

PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL

RH RH LH

LH

LEVER

LEVER

9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660442/B First version installed. Firmware 60442 rev. 1.7

23/11/05

Code 97660442/B Management of queue of faults added. Firmware 60442 rev. 1.8

04/09/07

Code 97660442/C Correction in CAN BUS. Firmware 60442 rev. 2.1

09/02/09

RA/PR functions can be enabled/disabled with foot control switch (Standard) through Code 97660442/D jumper J3: Firmware 60442 rev. 2.3 - J3 opened: RA/PR enabled; - J3 closed: RA/PR disabled.

15/09/09

Code 97660442/D SPRAY signal error corrected for “push-pedal” version. Firmware 60442 rev. 2.4

19/10/09

Dual operation of the pedal joystick (Standard/Push) activated with the instrument extracted (with console module code 97660558 - Fw ≥ 3.9 only): - Vertical movement of the joystick: switching on/off the operating lamp. - Horizontal movement of the joystick: activation/deactivation of micromotor inversion. Code 97660442/E Firmware 60442 rev. 2.5 Possibility to enable/disable the RA/PR functions using the upper pedal keys (push) via jumper J3: - J3 open: RA/PR enabled; - J3 closed: RA/PR disabled.

15/06/10

Boards layout

21

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE MX (CODE 97660474) (CAN BUS NODE)

1

1

- Diag – Yellow led - Power – Yellow led - Act – Yellow led - EN (enable) – Yellow led

Card power supply: - 1 – 32 Vdc - 2 – 24 Vdc - 4 – 0 Vdc - Other contacts not used

CAN BUS connection

1 1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES Power and analog command connector 32 VDC: PIN 1 - red wire 24 VDC: PIN 2 - purple wire 0 V: PIN 4 - black wire

Solenoid valve power supply: - 1 – 2 (EV coil cooling) - 3 – 4 (EV water spray) - 5 – 6 (EV air spray)

MX handpiece power supply: - 1 – phase A (blue) - 2 – phase B (red) - 3 – phase C (black) - 4 – Fiber optic (orange) - 5 – Fiber optic (brown)

CAUTION: if the 32 Vdc value is too high (greater than 10%), the micromotor card may trip causing the micromotor to malfunction (it is not very powerful and easily shuts down). In this case, check the dental unit power supply and modify the selector for the electrical box card’s power supply (see electrical card layout – code 97660576) to obtain the correct 32 Vdc value. 2. DESCRIPTION -

Supplies power and controls and monitors the phases of the three-phase induction micromotor (PHASE A – PHASE B – PHASE C). Generates the instrument recognition signal via CAN BUS. Feeds the cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves Provides power supply for handpiece fiber optics Generates EG line on CAN BUS line

3. CONNECTORS

22

Control power supply

[white connector] Power supply input, Control and solenoid valves from basic instrument board card code 97660532

Micromotor cord

[orange connector] PIN 1 - blue wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE A PIN 2 - red wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE B PIN 3 - black wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE C PIN 4 - brown wire - L -: fiber optic power supply PIN 5 - orange wire - L +: fiber optic power supply Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Solenoid valve power supply

[green connector] cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves power supply (24 VDC) PINS 1-2; Winding cooling EV PINS 3-4: Spray water EV PINS 5-6: Spray air EV

CAN BUS connector

CAN BUS signal interconnection CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS (only for controls provided with two con nectors up to September 2006).

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 6. LEDS “EN” LED – yellow led indicator – CAN ENABLE If illuminated it signals the module is activated when the instrument is extracted. “ACT” LED – yellow led indicator – CAN ACTIVITY BUS ACTIVITY LED (data transmission) The LED indicator flashes whenever he card transmits data to the CAN BUS (instrument microswitch activation). When the instrument is extracted, the LED indicator should flash IRREGULARLY. “DIAG” LED – yellow led indicator – Diagnostic led: FLASHING RATE

MEANING

Flashes at regular intervals (800 ms). (Signal provided both with the instrument in place and removed).

Normal operation.

CHECKS

Internal control error. MX MM control card (code 97660474): fast flashing rate (100 ms) (signal provided only when the instrument is removed).

- Check micromotor - Check F.O. light bulb Motor phases incorrectly connected - Check wires of MX MM cord (motor (short circuit/interruption). and fiber optic phases) - Replace the control (code 97660474). Fiber optic incorrectly connected (short circuit/interruption).

“POWER” LED indicator – POWER ON (Yellow) Signals 32 VDC provided when illuminated (THE LED INDICATOR IS ILLUMINATED EVEN WHEN THE INSTRUMENT IS IN PLACE).

Boards layout

23

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT 8. SETTINGS Set the flow rate of the air used to cool down the windings with a flow meter (MX = 10 nl/min) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module. The Bien Air MX control has been developed employing completely digital technology. It is not equipped with a trimmer, the min. and max. speeds do not need to be set and the micromotor torque requires no adjustments. In fact, the control automatically determines these settings. FIBER OPTIC: Use the key on the dental unit control panel to turn on the MX micromotor fiber optic and verify it has actually turned on. Use keys + and – on the control panel to vary fiber optic brightness from the lowest to the highest level, making sure brightness actually changes. Use a DC tester o verify the voltage at the ends of the wires (brown and orange) of the cord connector ranges from a minimum of approximately 1.2 Vdc to a maximum of about 3.5 Vdc (+/– 0.2 V) with the handpiece lamp present. CAUTION: Locate the level indicated on the console’s visual display unit that corresponds to a voltage of 3.1 Vdc (+/– 0.2 V). Tell the doctor that this value should never be exceed to prevent the lamp from overheating that may notably reduce its service life. Make certain the fiber optic automatically shuts off after about 30 sec. from when the micromotor was extracted with the foot control released. CHECKING OPERATION: - Carefully verify that the connectors for the power supply and micromotor cord are properly connected before turning on the dental unit. - With the dental unit energized, make sure the POWER ON LED indicator is illuminated and the DIAG LED indicator flashes at a regular rate. Remove the micromotor and verify that the EN LED indicator (CAN enable) lights up and the ACT LED indicator (BUS–activity) flashes sporadically. Make sure motor MX appears on the dental unit display screen and select “FAST” operation with a 40000 rpm end scale value. - Activate the foot control in order to cover the entire range (minimum – maximum); make sure the micromotor is activated and that it runs regularly from the lowest (100 rpm) to the highest (40000 rpm) speeds. It should run in a trouble–free manner without shaking throughout the entire speed range. Turn the micromotor on several times with the foot control and make sure it always runs correctly; the micromotor should never hesitate or “jolt” when starting up. - Use the relative key on the dental unit control panel or select “SLOW” mode and make sure the end scale value shown on the display is 4000 rpm. Insert the handpiece with a rubber drill if possible. With the foot control released, reverse the micromotor with the relative key on the control panel. Press the foot control and verify that the micromotor runs counter–clockwise at low speed. Restore the normal speed of the micromotor. - Use the relative button on the dental unit control panel to verify that the set torque level corresponds to 100% (torque 100% = 3.2 Ncm). - Press the foot control to run the micromotor at low speed (100 – 200 rpm) exerting pressure on the rubber drill that increases. - Make sure the bar that indicates the torque on the display screen gradually increases. Increase the pressure until the motor stalls and make certain the bar is completely on and the display reads “0” rpm. - With the foot control released, set the torque level to 50% with the relative key on the control panel. In addition, activate functions “AUTOREVERSE” and “AUTOFORWARD”. 24

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) AUTOREVERSE: Repeat the operation to load the rubber drill and make sure the micromotor stops once the set torque is reached. After the set pause time has elapsed (set by the user with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), make sure it starts running counter–clockwise. Generally speaking the time is set to 4 = 2 sec. AUTOFORWARD: Repeat the operation to load the rubber drill and make sure the micromotor stops once the set torque is reached. After the set pause time has elapsed (set by the user with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), make sure it starts running counter–clockwise (free the test disk during this stage). Once the time set by the user has elapsed (with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), the micromotor automatically goes back to clockwise operation. Generally speaking the time is set to 4 = 2 sec. - Deactivate functions “AUTOREVERSE” and “AUTOFORWARD”.

PROBLEM With the fiber optic and autoreverse/ autofoward functions active, the motor does not have torque at low speed (approximately 100-300 Rpm) and the autoreverse function immediately starts up. The motor and fiber optic fail to start even though the MX menu is correctly displayed.

CAUSE

REMEDY

Problem in cord’s bayonet fitting. Replace MM MX cord

Connection between control (code 97660474) and motor interrupted.

See DIAG led signals of control code 97660474 (par. 6)

9. UPDATE CARD VERSION Code 97660474/B First version installed. Firmware 60474 rev. 2.2

Boards layout

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE 20/08/07

25

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BASIC INSTRUMENT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660532)

AMP CONNECTOR:

26

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KAL2 - PIN 1 32 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 2 24 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 3 12 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 4 0 VAC: connector KAL2 - PIN 5 24 VAC - R: connector KAL2 - PIN 6

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

(CAN BUS NODE)

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 2. DESCRIPTION - Supplies power to the instrument spray heater - Supplies power to the instrument module modules (32 VDC) - Instrument modules enabled through microswitch (MA-MB-MC-MD) - Instrument removed acknowledged (TYPE 1-2-4 signals) - F.O. power supply to all instruments (except MX micromotor supplied by its board code 97660474). - Instruments are interdependent - Instrument activated only with foot control in home position (CM signal not active) - Syringe 6F power supply - Power supply for 6.4” screen found on the instrument board (IF PRESENT) - Power supply for water spray to instruments solenoid valve (KEVA-B-C-D) - Power supply/interconnections for doctors console - Controls the value of line C1 (instrument power/speed variation) according to the settings entered in the doctor’s console. - Saves instrument settings. - EG line (from instrument controls) sent to basic electrical box module code 97660576. - Sixth instrument control (T LED or ID CAM) - Panoramic negatoscope on/off. 3. CONNECTORS TP1-FO Syringe M1

Power supply (OUTPUT) for syringe fiber optics (IF PRESENT) Negatoscope power supply (IF PRESENT) Instrument board monitor power supply (IF PRESENT) Spray heater power supply (IF PRESENT) K1(AMP) Lock EV connection Chip EV connection K2 Syringe power supply (OUTPUT) K2 - SB NOT USED KAL2 Power supplies (input) KAL5(AMP) Doctor’s console power supply (OUTPUT) KCB1 CAN BUS signal interconnection for hydrogroup module code 97660583 KCB2 CAN BUS signal interconnection for doctor’s console KCB A-B-C-D CAN BUS signal interconnection for instrument modules A-B-C-D KEV A-B-C-D Power supply for spray water solenoid valves, Modules A-B-C-D KM A-B-C-D Microswitch connection, Modules A-B-C-D KP A-B-C-D Power supply for instrument modules A-B-C-D KS A-B-C-D(FLAT)Power supply/signal interconnection for instrument modules A-B-C-D P1 NOT USED Power supply output (24 VDC) for T LED curing lamp. KTLED Syringe water solenoid valve connection. KEV-S (AMP) Syringe microswitch connection. KM-SA (AMP) Syringe microswitch connection as 6th instrument. KM-SE (AMP) 6th instrument module microswitch connection. KM-E (AMP)

4. RELAYS RL1 – F.O. power supply to the syringe and instruments. RL2 – X-ray viewer power supply (24 VAC-R). RL3 – Curing lamp power supply (24 VDC).

Boards layout

27

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT). 6. LEDS DL1 - ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. DL2 - WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT). DL3 - ERR - red OFF: regular module operation. ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. DL4: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It flashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it flashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced. DL5: +12 V - green Lights up to signals 12 VDC power is provided DL6: +24 V - green Illuminated to signal 24 VDC power is fed to the module DL7: +32 V - green Illuminated to signal 32 VDC power is fed to the module DL8: 24 VAC - green Illuminated to signal 24 VAC power is fed to the module 7. JUMPERS J1 OFF POSITION: 6th instrument set for camera ID CAM. ON POSITION: 6th instrument set for T LED curing lamp. J2 NOT USED. Default position: OFF. J2 NOT USED. Default position: OFF. 8. SETTINGS TP3: 0 V test point. TP4: Test point to check signal C1. TP2: Test point for checking the voltage for the fiber optics set for the doctor’s console with the instrument removed (MM MX off). The maximum value for each instrument (MM MX off) can be set from the SERVICE MENU (Maximum allowable value: 3.4-3.5 VDC) as directed below:

28

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

- Sequence for accessing the SERVICE MENU. Press the keys in the following order: - Press key - Press key MODE

until the screen used to adjust the fiber optic is reached.

- The screen for setting the fiber optic allows the maximum voltage that can be fed (3.4-3.5 VDC) to the fiber optic of each instrument present on the instrument board to be adjusted (Except MM MX)*. - Select the desired instrument (A - B - C - D - S) with key - Adjust the voltage with the increase/decrease keys. If the fiber optic of an instrument is fed less than 3.2 VDC (see F.O. lamp specifications), press the key - To go back to the operating conditions, press key MODE

and

twice.

(*) MM MX: the voltage supplied to the F.O. can be checked between PINS 4-5 of the “handpiece power” connector of card code 97660474. 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660532/A First version installed. Firmware 60532 rev. 3.2

19/09/07

Code 97660532/A Correction in CAN BUS. Firmware 60532 rev. 3.3

03/03/09

Boards layout

29

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DOCTOR’S CONSOLE MODULE (CODE 97660558) (CAN BUS NODE)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KAL5 - PIN 1 24VDC connector KAL5 - PIN 2 12VDC: connector KAL5 - PIN 3 0V: connector KAL5 - PIN 4

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION - Interconnection of control panel signals/BASIC instrument board module code 97660532). - Negatoscope power supply interconnection, checks automatic shut off after 2 minutes and when brightness is varied. - Controls variation of signal C1 with the increase/decrease keys to adjust the speed/power of dynamic instruments. - Sows all the functions provided, according to the dental unit model, on the display. - Interconnection with lock sensor card code 97660280. - It acknowledges the time the dental chair dual function keys are held down and sends the signal to CAN BUS to execute either the set or manual movement. 3. CONNECTORS KCB1 CAN BUS signal interconnection. KAL5(AMP) Power supply INPUT from basic instrument board module. K1 Power supply/signal interconnection for lock sensor card code 97660280. K7 Power supply/signal interconnection for doctor’s console. TP2/TP3 Power supply OUTPUT for doctor’s console negatoscope lamp (24 VDC). P1 NOT USED. 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 30

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT 6. LEDS LED “12V” – DL1 – green Lights up to signal power on (12 VDC input). LED “24” – DL2 – green Lights up to signal power on (24 VDC input). LED “BRAKE” – DL3 – yellow If illuminated, it signals the digital signal is provided (output) to activate the pneumatic lock for the instrument board’s arm. LED ON: Board stuck; EV31 not energized. LED OFF: Pneumatic brake released; EV31 energized. LED “DIAG” – DL4 – orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It flashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it flashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced. LED “ERR” – DL5 – red OFF POSITION: regular module operation. ON POSITION: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. LED “ACT” – DL6 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected. LED “WERR” – DL7 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT).

Boards layout

31

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 7. JUMPERS J1 Always in position ON. OFF: NOT USED. J2 OFF POSITION: Without motorized spittoon. ON POSITION: With motorized spittoon. J3 ON POSITION: negatoscope on (Continental version). OFF POSITION: panoramic negatoscope on (International version). 8. SETTINGS TP1: 0V test point Make sure jumpers J1 and J2 are in the correct position. 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660558/A First version installed. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.1

19/09/07

Code 97660558/A Erroneous brake operation for dental unit A7 Plus International corrected. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.2

04/10/07

Code 97660558/B The display’s frame has been connected to the dental unit’s electric “0” to eliminate Firmware 60558 rev. 3.2 electrostatic charges.

21/01/08

- The time taken to save the dental chair programs has been increased to 2 sec. - Two new warnings are displayed on the console to inform the user that the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair’s end of travel limit switches has been successfully Code 97660558/B completed or has failed. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.3 - “Dental chair fault” “during set up” - “Dental chair limit switch” “OK”

12/02/08

- The user can enable/disable automatic dental chair functions A, B, C and D present on the doctor’s console from the “service menu”: - Position ON (factory setting): automatic functions (A-B-C-D) enabled. Code 97660558/B - Position OFF: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) disabled. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.4 Regardless of whether ON or OFF has been selected, the automatic return (RA), rinse position (PR) and emergency shutdown functions are always operative. - Icon “spray on” has been added when the push-pedal foot control is present.

27/06/08

Code 97660558/B Hold down key “50” on the doctor’s console (with console card code 97660578 - FW rev. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.5 ≥ 3.5) for at least 2 sec. to shut down manual/automatic dental chair movements.

11/02/09

- New graphic page added to the service menu to check for correct keypad operation on the dentist’s side. - New graphic page added to the service menu to scroll through and delete the list of the Code 97660558/B latest 60 messages displayed on the dentist’s control panel. Firmware 60558 rev. 3.11 - New graphic page available which can be retrieved by pressing the following sequence of keys: “INCREASE - DECREASE - INVERSION” to scroll through the list of the latest 60 messages displayed on the dentist’s control panel.

21/10/10

32

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) TURBINE CONTROL MODULE (CODE 97660565)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KP - PIN 1 DC32V: connector KP - PIN 4

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION - Feeds the proportional solenoid valve for turbine operation. - Feeds the air spray solenoid valve. - Generates the instrument signals (TYPE 1, TYPE 2). - Generates the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements. (SEE “NO EG CAN BUS SIGNAL) 3. CONNECTORS KP Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). KEV Power supply, Air spray solenoid valve, Turbine air solenoid valve. M1 Power supply, Fiber optics handpiece +: brown wire -: blue wire 4. RELAYS RL1 - Double contact relay Turbine module power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 6. LEDS NOT PRESENT. Boards layout

33

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT 8. SETTINGS TRIMMER P1: trimmer used to adjust minimum pressure to turbine (low speed) TRIMMER P2: trimmer used to adjust maximum pressure to turbine (high speed) SETTING THE TURBINE: Adjust the module that controls the proportional solenoid valve: minimum and maximum opening is controlled by the two trimmers found on the module. - Mount a pressure gauge in series with the turbine. - Completely loosen the restrictor that regulates the turbine pressure (screw under turbine module). - Remove the instrument. - Move the foot control to position “minimum” and set the pressure to 1.4 (+0.2) bar with trimmer “P1 minimum”. As regards dental units in which the speed is set from the instrument board, bring the foot control to position “maximum”. Make sure the speed is set to low on the console and set the pressure to 1.4 (+0.2) bar with trimmer “P1 minimum”. - Move the foot control to position “maximum” and set the pressure to approximately 4 (±0.2) bar with trimmer “P2 maximum”. As regards dental units in which the speed is set from the instrument board, bring the foot control to position “maximum”. Make sure the speed is set to high on the console and set the pressure to 4 (±0.2) bar with trimmer “P2 maximum”. Be careful to stop turning the trimmer when the pressure no longer changes. The turbine pressure will not be linear if the trimmer is turned any further. - Set the turbine to the correct pressure by adjusting the restrictor found under the instrument board near the drive air solenoid valve of the corresponding turbine module.

34

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BASIC ELECTRICAL BOX MODULE (CODE 97660576) (CAN BUS NODE) If card code 97660576 is replaced, the operating time of the dental unit is zeroed from the SERVICE MENU.

+24V DL5 DL11 ERR

+32V DL4 DL9 DL8 ACT WERR

DL7-HT

DL1-24V-I

DL2-24V-R

DL3-18V

KTL

+12V DL6 DL10 DIAG

Boards layout

35

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

THE ELECTRICAL BOX’S MODULE IS ALWAYS ENERGIZED (230 VAC, ORANGE LED DL7 - HT ON). DURING MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF THE OFFICE’S MAIN SWITCH!!!!! 1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES The power supply reached connector KT directly from the transformer (SECONDARY). 0 V: connector KT - PIN 7 - 8 - 9 18 VAC: connector KT - PIN 1 24 VAC-R: connector KT - PIN 2 24 VAC-I: connector KT - PIN 3 12VAC : connector KT - PIN 7. Connector M2: External 230 - 115 - 100 VAC power supply input 2. DESCRIPTION - The power supply module provides the following voltages: - 12 VDC (rectified) to feed the electronic modules - 24 VDC (rectified) to feed the instrument solenoid valves - 32 VDC to feed the instruments’ controls - 32 VDC to feed the solenoid valves that deliver water to the cup and bowl - 32 VDC to feed the air and water solenoid valves in the electrical box (The solenoid valves are fed 32 VDC the first 3-4 seconds after which the voltage is halved to 16 VDC only to keep the solenoid valves open). - Supplies power to: - hydrogroup 24 VACI - instrument board 24 VACR - operatory light 18 VAC - dental chair 24 VACI - controls the suction contactor - counts the number of hours the dental unit has operated. - Save the last user selected (A - B - C). 3. CONNECTORS M1

36

PINS 1-2: Operatory light 18 VAC power supply PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: 24 VDC OUTPUT PIN 5: 32 VDC OUTPUT PIN 6: 24 VAC OUTPUT for hydrogroup PINS 7-8 Beeper connection (free contact). PINS 9-10: Central suction connection (free contact). Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) M2

230 VAC - 115 VAC - 100 VAC external line INPUT

M3

230 VAC auxiliary connections NOT USED

KSA

Transformer power switch (230 VAC - 115 VAC - 100 VAC)

230 VAC CONNECTION (Fuse F2: T 6,3A - 250V)

115 VAC CONNECTION (Fuse F2: T 10A - 250V)

100 VAC CONNECTION (Fuse F2: T 10A - 250V)

Check the power supply voltage in the dental unit (connector M2), which must be 230/115/100 Vac (+/-10%): - If the voltage is too low, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position –10. - If the voltage is too high, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position +10. P1 NOT USED K1 High voltage OUTPUT, Dental chair motor power supply M4 Dental unit main switch connection K5(Molex) Disinfectant module power supply OUTPUT: 12 - 24 - 32 VDC K4(AMP) 12 VDC “Dental Unit Tester” power supply OUTPUT. K8(AMP) Municipal/distilled water BY PASS EV control - 24 VDC KAL1 Hydrogroup power supply OUTPUT KAL2 NOT USED KEV(AMP)Electrical box water/air EV 32 VDC power supply OUTPUT KCB1 Hydrogroup CAN BUS connection KCB3 NOT USED KCB2 Dental chair CAN BUS connections KCB4 “Dental Unit Tester” CAN BUS connection. KCB5 Disinfectant card CAN BUS connections CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS KMU(AMP)Power supplies/signals interconnection, MONITOR/WORKSTATION power supply card KEG Connector for air/water solenoid valve power supply

Boards layout

37

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

KT

Low voltage INPUT (SECONDARY): 18 VAC - 24 VAC-I - 24 VAC-R

0 V: connector KT - PIN 7-8-9 18 VAC: connector KT - PIN 1 24 VAC-R: connector KT - PIN 2 24 VAC-I: connector KT - PIN 3 12VAC : connector KT - PIN 4.

KTH

3

2

1

6

5

4

9

8

7

Transformer’s primary winding power supply OUTPUT

0V: connector KTH - PIN 2. 230VAC: connector KTH - PIN 6. 115VAC: connector KTH - PIN 5. 100VAC: connector KTH - PIN 4.

4

5

6

1

2

3

KP(AMP) 24 VAC-I OUTPUT for dental chair module code 97660578 KPE Signal interconnection, CAN BUS signals/Foot control 12 VDC power supply KTL(AMP) Single suction contactor connection 4. RELAYS RL1 - Operatory light on/off RL2 - ON/OFF contact for central/single suction (See “M1” and “KTL”) RL4 - Beeper relay 5. FUSES F2 - 115/100 VAC input: fuse 5x20 T 10A 250V. - 230VAC input: - fuse 5X20 T6,3A-250V: without electrical receptacle (A) in utility service center box. - fuse 5X20 T8A-250V: with electrical receptacle (A) in utility service center box. F2

A

F4 - 24V-I for hydrogroup-fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V F5 - 24V-R for dental unit-fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V F6 - 18 VAC for operatory light -fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V 38

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 6. LEDS DL1: 24V-I - green Lights up to signal 24 VAC power on for hydrogroup DL2: 24V-R - green Lights up to signal 24 VAC power on for dental unit DL3: 18V - green Lights up to signal 18 VAC power on for operatory light DL4: +32V - green Lights up to signal 32 VDC power on DL5: +24V - green Lights up to signal 24 VDC power on DL6: +12V - green Lights up to signal 12 VDC power on DL7: HT - orange Lights up to signal 230 - 115 - 100 VAC dental unit input THE ELECTRICAL BOX’S MODULE IS ALWAYS ENERGIZED (230 VAC, ORANGE LED DL7 - HT ON). DURING MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF THE OFFICE’S MAIN SWITCH!!!!! DL8: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY LED THAT GOES OUT). DL9: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected. DL10: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It flashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it flashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced. DL11: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. 7. JUMPERS J2 Always in position OFF J3 Always in position ON

Boards layout

39

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) J4 Always in position OFF. J5 ON POSITION: power supply for monitor/workstation present OFF POSITION: power supply for monitor/workstation not present 8. SETTINGS Make sure the jumpers are correctly set 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660576 First product version. Firmware 60576 rev. 2.0

02/04/07

Code 97660576 - Correction in CAN BUS. Firmware 60422 rev. 2.1 - The firmware becomes version 60422.

02/02/09

40

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BASIC DENTAL CHAIR MODULE (CODE 97660578) (CAN BUS NODE) D_OK DL8 DL4 STOP

+VR DL2 DL5 ACT

DIAG DL3 DL6 WERR

KSC RL1

M1 F1 K2

RL2

RL3 K5

0 V test point

Back potentiometer test point

K1 KS

DL7

Chair seat MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type: potentiometer test point FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0V: connector KP - PIN 7 AC24V: connector KP - PIN 8

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION Controls movements of the dental chair, programs and manual controls. - Controls the dental chair safety devices (chair seat-back). If the microswitches are activated (contact open), the chair seat and back cannot move down and the dental chair program cannot be run. If connector K4 is disconnected, the safety device for chair seat downward movement is activated and the corresponding movements (SEE ABOVE) cannot be carried out. - Controls safety of dental chair movements (TOTAL LOCK OUT) according to signal CM received from the foot control. - Controls the dental chair safety devices (assistant’s board). If the microswitches are activated (contact open), the chair seat cannot be lowered, the BACK CANNOT BE RAISED and the programs cannot be run (see signal EM1). Boards layout

41

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) -

-

Feeds the chair seat and back gear motors (230 VAC). Controls and monitors the dental chair potentiometers (chair seat and back) to run the programs and interlocking devices (see dental chair settings). NOTE: If the voltage is not properly transformed (from 0 to 5 VDC) in the TEST POINTS (P-S; P-SC), the corresponding movement is interrupted a few seconds after it was started UNTIL THE MECHANICAL END-STOP IS REACHED. If a potentiometer is disconnected, the relative part can be raised but not lowered through shifts/impulses that last a few seconds each time activated. It tells the disinfectant card 97660420 the seat height to change the time H2O2 is dispensed. It supplies the signal to turn on the operatory light as soon as the selected program is reached. The selected program A-B-C-D is displayed on the control panel.

3. CONNECTORS M1 230 VAC voltage INPUT MCS Chair seat up/down motor capacitor connection MMS Chair seat up/down motor power supply (230 VAC) K1 (Downward movement) Used only for installation or repairs K2 (Upward movement) Used only for installation or repairs K3(AMP) Chair seat potentiometer connections K4(AMP) Connection of dental chair foot board. K5(AMP) Signal interconnection from dental chair interconnection module (code 97660164) K6(AMP) OPTIONAL: Connection of keypad on side of dental chair K8(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection for basic hydrogroup module (module 97660388) KP(AMP) Power supply/signals INPUT from basic electrical box code 97660169 KS 230 VAC OUTPUT for external connection, Chair seat up/down motor power supply KSA 230 VAC INPUT for external connection, Chair seat up/down motor power supply KSC Back up/down motor power supply (230 VAC) KCB1 CAN BUS signal for connection to basic electrical box module code 97660576. KCB2 NOT USED CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS. P1 NOT USED P2 NOT USED KTR NOT USED 4. RELAYS RL1 - Back movement reversed RL2 - Power supply/safety system (230 Vac line) for dental chair motors RL3 - Chair seat movement reversed 5. FUSES F1 - 5x20 T 4A - 230 VAC input protection 6. LEDS LED “+VR” – DL2 – green - when illuminated, it signals 32 VDC is provided LED “DIAG” – DL3 – orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It flashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED).

42

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - If the light flashes twice: hardware problem (programs cannot be read). - If the light flashes 3 times: problem in dental chair movements (seat/backrest potentiometer does not work). - If the light flashes 5 times: limit switch malfunction (values of potentiometers outside saved limit switches). - If the light flashes 6 times: limit switch previously saved lost or never set (factory settings restored). - If it flashes 7 times, it signals the dental chair’s set positions have been lost (the dental chair automatically sets itself to the factory set programs). - If it flashes quickly or slowly and irregularly (see par. 8 - SETTINGS) it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced. LED “STOP” – DL4 – red - Off under normal conditions. - Illuminated only in analog dental units to indicate dental chair shutdown with instruments active. LED “ACT” – DL5 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED flashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected. LED “WERR” – DL6 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CAN BUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will flash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT). LED “HT” – DL7 – yellow - This led lights up to signal 230 VAC is present LED “D_OK” – DL8 – green - Illuminated under normal conditions. - If off, emergency EM for the foot rest or back is activated. In this case, the chair seat and back cannot be moved. 7. JUMPERS J1 Turn to position ON to set the limit switches for movement of the chair seat and back (see settings) J2/J3/J4/J5 RESERVED. NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF. J6 Always select ON to detect interlocking device EM1 on the dental assistant’s board support arm.

Boards layout

43

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8. SETTINGS The following procedure should be performed when an electronic module, gear motors and dental chair potentiometers are replaced (if not set, the dental chair will not move correctly) MANUAL SETUP: Turn on jumper J1 when the dental chair is energized and on (yellow led DL3 flashes faster). Press the keys shown below to position the limit switches: the limit switch should be stopped approximately 5 mm before the relative end-stop. -

CAUTION. Back downward movement should be set to 8 mm. Press one of the following keys to bring the dental chair to the limit switch to be set:

-

Press key

-

Press one of the 4 keys shown above to set the desired limit switch. Repeat the steps for the remaining 3 limit switches. (if just one limit switch is changed, the others stay in the previous position). Shut off the dental unit. Deactivate jumper J1. Turn the dental unit back on (yellow led DL3 starts flashing regularly again).

-

AUTOMATIC SETUP: Before attempting to perform the “automatic set up” procedure, take off the dental chair safety grid (A).

A

If, after setting the end strokes, the dental chair does not move smoothly, check the settings of the potentiometers (dental chair seat and backrest) and set the end strokes again. - Turn on jumper J1 when the dental chair is energized and on (yellow led DL3 starts flashing more quickly). IMPORTANT: The dental chair seat and backrest must NOT be at the mechanical end stops but in an intermediate position. - Hold down key MEMORIA (SAVE) on the doctor’s console for about 4” and then release it: as a result, the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair starts. - Make sure the order in which movements take place is correct during the automatic set up procedure: 1) backrest and seat move completely up simultaneously (mechanical end stop). 2) backrest and seat move completely down simultaneously (mechanical end stop). 3) backrest and seat move up a short step simultaneously (position of limit switches). If the sequence is not correct, check the settings of the potentiometers and the number of times yellow led DL3 flashes then perform the automatic dental chair set up procedure again. If the sequence is correct, yellow led DL3 will continue to flash quickly. Once the set up procedure has been completed: Shut off the dental unit, open jumper J1 again and turn the dental unit back on (yellow led DL3 flashes at a regular rate again). CAUTION : - Once the manual or automatic set up procedure has been completed: move the dental chair parts to the end of their strokes. If a beep is given at the end strokes (BEEP = INCORRECT SETTING) check the potentiometers and perform 44

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) the set up procedure again. - If the procedure given above is not followed during the manual/automatic set up procedure, the dental chair shuts down. In this case, shut off and turn the dental unit back on and repeat the set up procedure from the beginning. DL3 ERROR FLASHES: If yellow led DL3 does NOT flash regularly, it means the end strokes were not successfully set. In this case, check the potentiometers and set the dental chair card again: 5 - 3 flashes: check the potentiometers and set the dental chair card again. 6 flashes: set the dental chair card again. 7 flashes: if it flashes 7 times, it signals the dental chair’s set positions have been lost (the dental chair automatically sets itself to the factory set programs). CHECKING ROTARY SEAT/BACKREST POTENTIOMETER CALIBRATION: It is extremely important to check calibration of the potentiometers. Incorrect calibration could compromise proper operation of the patient chair board and the control of the interface with the cuspidor bowl. - Check the power supply (5VDC) to the seat potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K3 on board code 97660578) and the backrest potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K11 on board code 97660164 or between 1 and 2 of the K5 on board code 97660578). - Connect the volt meter (scale max. 10 V DC) between test point 0V and test point P_SC / P_S of the relative potentiometer. - Insert the jumper J1 with the patient chair powered and on. - Bring the backrest to its lowermost position and the seat to its uppermost position (until the mechanical limit stops are reached). The value detected by the volt meter must be about 0.7-0.8 V DC, for both seat and backrest. - Remove the jumper J1. After carrying out calibration of the patient chair electrical limit switches, check that the maximum value of the potentiometers never exceeds 4.5 V DC (with seat and back in uppermost position). Maximum and minimum values can change depending on (seat/backrest) movement because the movement strokes differ. 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660578 First product version. Firmware 60578 rev. 3.1

30/05/07

-Two new warnings are displayed on the doctor’s console (only if card code 97660558 is provided with firmware version ≥ 3.3) to inform the user that the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair’s end of travel limit switches has been successfully completed or has failed. Code 97660578 - “Dental chair fault” Firmware 60578 rev. 3.2 “during set up” - “Dental chair limit switch” “OK” - New method to display icon regarding dental chair programming to prevent icon fluttering.

12/02/08

Cod. 97660578/C Hold down key “50” on the doctor’s console (with console card code 97660558 - FW rev. Firmware 60578 rev. 3.5 ≥ 3.5) for at least 2 sec. to shut down manual/automatic dental chair movements.

15/12/08

New updates to avoid: Code 97660578/D - dental chair blockage when turned on; Firmware 60578 rev. 3.6 - errors in dental chair backrest potentiometer.

15/09/09

Code 97660578/D Acknowledgement of hydrogroup emergency signal (EMI) improved. Firmware 60578 rev. 3.7

30/11/09

Code 97660578/E Correction to eliminate backrest movements when suction cannula is holstered. Firmware 60578 rev. 3.8

13/06/11

Boards layout

45

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

BASIC DIGITAL HYDROGROUP MODULE (CODE 97660583) (CAN BUS NODE)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

46

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1. CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY 0V: connector KAL1 – PIN 1 32VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 2 24VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 3 12VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 4 0VAC-R: connector KAL1 – PIN 5 24VAC-R: connector KAL1 – PIN 6 0VAC-I: connector KAL1 – PIN 7 24VAC-I: connector KAL1 – PIN 8 2. FUNCTIONING - the circuit board delivers electrical power to the hydro-group solenoid valves (The solenoid valves are fed 32 VDC with a 125ms impulse repeated every 30’’. The tester will always read a value that is approximately 13 VDC) - controls surgical suction according to the signals coming from the respective suction tube micro-switches - Operates the cup filler heater - Emits signals to indicate low-level in the distilled water tank - Emits signals to indicate low-level in the hydrogen peroxide tank - Serves as an interface module to the camera control circuit board - Interconnection for dental assistant and dentist’s instrument boards - Bowl movement control (OPTIONAL: A7 Plus). - Automatic bow movement associated to dental chair programs RA and PR: the doctor an enable/disable both these movements from the two “Hydrogroup settings” pages on the doctor’s console. When key RA is pressed, automatic bowl movement is NOT activated if the dental chair is already in its home position. - Manual controls to turn the bowl with the keys on the doctor’s console. - “Special bowl movements” functions that can be accessed only by technicians through a special service menu SEPARATE from the regular service menu given on the doctor’s console (See. “service menu” in the Technical manual).

3. CONNECTORS M1 PIN 1 – OUTPUT 0VAC PIN 2 – 24VAC PIN 3 – 32VDC PIN 4 – 24VDC PIN 5 – 0VDC KA1

Power supply: METASYS SEPARATOR DURR SEPARATOR CENTRAL SUCTION SYSTEM SOLENOID VALVE CUP FILLER HEATER

KA2(Molex)Power OUTPUT PIN 1 – 0V, Pressure switch PIN 2 – 0V, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 3 – 0V, Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank PIN 4 – 12VDC, Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank

Boards layout

47

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PIN 5 – 0VAC-I, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 6 – 24VAC-I, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 7 – 32VDC PIN 8 – 32VDC PIN 9 – 32VDC PIN 10 – 24VDC PIN 11 – Pressure switch connection PIN 12 - DURR/METASYS separator connection PIN 13 - Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank PIN 14 – Connection, CATTANI canister MIN-level probe PIN 15 - Connection, CATTANI canister COM level probe PIN 16 - Connection, CATTANI canister MAX-level probe THE “0VAC” VALUE OF COMMON PROBE “C” STANDS FOR “0V” REGARDLESS OF COMMON “0V” VALUE RELATING TO THE OTHER DENTAL UNIT PARTS. VOLTAGE PROBE READING SHOULD THEREFORE BE TAKEN USING THE DEDICATED “0V” AS A REFERENCE (COMMON PROBE “C”). ANY MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY USING THE COMMON “0V” VALUE OF THE DENTAL UNIT AS REFERENCE WILL BE OF NO USE. PIN 17 – CATTANI Canister pump supply PIN 18 – EV 28: Cup filler PIN 19 – EV 27: Bowl assembly PIN 20 – Syringe (dental assistant’s side) KB1

PIN 1 – 0V PIN 2 – 32VDC PIN 3 – 24VDC Power OUTPUT, Dental assistant’s console BASE circuit board (item no. 97660421): PIN 4 – 12VDC PIN 5 – 0V PIN 6 – 24VDC PIN 7 – 0VAC-I PIN 8 – 24VAC-I

KB2(Molex)Signal/power leads PIN 1-2-3-4-5 – 24VDC PIN 6-7-8-9 – 0V PIN 10 – EV13 connection PIN 11 – EV110 connection PIN 12 – EV111 connection PIN 13 – EV105 connection PIN 14 – EV43 connection PIN 15 – Connection, Suction tube flushing control pressure switch PIN 16 – Connection, Hydro-group emergency switch PIN 17 – Connection, Low-level probe of distilled water tank PIN 18 – Distilled water tank depressurization microswitch connection KC1(Molex) Motorized bowl control circuit board interconnection (OPTIONAL: A7 Plus). KCB1 CAN BUS Interconnection, Connection box KCB2 CAN BUS Interconnection, Dentist’s instrument board KCB3 CAN BUS Interconnection, Dental assistant’s instrument board KCB-E CAN BUS Interconnection KIDCAM CAN BUS Interconnection, ID CAM control circuit board KAL1 Power INPUT, from Connection box 48

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) KAL2 Power OUTPUT, Dentist’s instrument board K1(AMP) NOT USED K2 - P1 NOT USED 4. RELAYS NOT PROVIDED 5. FUSES NOT PROVIDED 6. LEDS LED “24V-R” – DL5 – green Comes on to indicate a 24VAC supply to the dental unit LED “24V-I” – DL4 – green Comes on to signal a 24VAC supply to the hydro-group LED “+12V” – DL3 – green Comes on to signal a 12VDC supply to the circuit board LED “+24V” – DL2 – green Comes on to signal a 24VDC supply to the circuit board LED “+32V” – DL1 – green Comes on to signal a 32VDC supply to the circuit board LED “DIAG” – DL8 – orange Diagnostic LED NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS: Regular flashing If the LED flashes 4 times quickly and pauses 1 second, this means that the CAN-BUS lead is faulty (See BUS ACTIVITY LED) If the LED flashes quickly or slowly at irregular time intervals, this means that the circuit board is damaged and needs replacement. LED “ERR” – DL9 – red OFF: normal circuit board operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specified by LED DIAG. FLASHING: short circuit in either solenoid valve of the hydro-group: - Cup filler water supply - Bowl water supply LED “ACT” – DL7 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each circuit board, which handles CAN-BUS signals (digital systems) and fitted with a microprocessor, comes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green colored) This LED flashes each time the circuit board transfers data to the CAN-BUS. IRREGULAR FLASHING: Normal operating conditions LED EMITS STEADY LIGHT: Problems with the circuit board microprocessor (REPLACE THE CIRCUIT BOARD) or CAN BUS lead disconnected.

Boards layout

49

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) LED “WERR” – DL6 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CAN-BUS signal is transmitted over a dedicated shielded lead (2 wires + shield). LED OFF: normal operating conditions LED ON: a wire in the CAN-BUS lead is short-circuited LED FLASHING: pinched wire in the CAN BUS lead In case of fault, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS on the CAN-BUS circuit boards will start flashing or stay on depending on the fault arisen. To trouble-shoot, disconnect the CAN BUS lead starting from the hydro-group and localize the faulty wiring (THE LED SHOULD GO OFF as soon as the fault has been found) LED “RISC” – DL10 – green LED OFF: water to cup heater not fed LED ON: water to cup heater fed 7. JUMPERS J1 OFF POSITION: DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM PRESENT ON POSITION: DENTAL UNIT WITHOUT DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM J2 OFF POSITION: HOT WATER TO CAP FILLER HOT WATER TO CUP FUNCTION DISABLED FROM DOCTOR’S MENU (COLD WATER): THE ICON APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY ON POSITION: DENTAL UNIT WITHOUT HOT WATER SYSTEM TO CUP FILLER J3 OFF POSITION: WITHOUT POWERED BOWL . ON POSITION: WITH POWERED BOWL. 8. SETTINGS (NOT REQUIRED) 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660583/A First version installed. Firmware 60583 rev. 3.1

19/09/07

Code 97660583/B Updated so that inappropriate error messages (204 and bowl communication down) are Firmware 60583 rev. 3.2 not displayed in dental units equipped with motorized bowl.

30/06/08

Code 97660583/C Updated to prevent suction system shutdown. Firmware 60583 rev. 3.3

10/10/08

Code 97660583/D CAN BUS communication up-date. Firmware 60583 rev. 3.4

28/11/08

50

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660616 - Until: 04/10) MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660906 - From: 05/10)

JP1

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1.

CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY 0V: connector M1 – PIN 1 21VAC: connector M1 – PIN 2

AMP CONNECTOR:

2.

FUNCTIONING - The circuit board delivers 15VDC to operate the monitor and the workstation. - It governs the FREEZE signal for the WORKSTATION application, for connection to an external PC, for the camera application on the assistant’s side in analog dental units and for camera with monitor applications. - Causes the connection box circuit board to shut off the multimedia application in the event of short-circuits in the output. - Indicates no 21VDC input voltage from the transformer. The respective ON/OFF LED DL1 comes on. - Indicates the 15Vdc signal is not present at the transformer’s output through the relative LED DL4 - 15 VDC.

3.

CONNECTORS M5(AMP)PIN 1 –24VDC INPUT, Connection box circuit board. PIN 2 – IMAGE FREEZE signal, Image Freeze. PIN 3 – ON/OFF INPUT signal, Power supply switching-on. PIN 4 – NOT USED.. PIN 5 – ERROR 1 OUTPUT signal – No 21VDC at transformer input. M3 OUTPUT 21 VAC for built in camera ID CAM power supply (code 97660555). PIN 6 – ERROR 2 OUTPUT signal – Short circuits in transformer output. The connection box shuts off the multimedia application. PIN 7 – 0V. PIN 8 – NOT USED. M1 21VAC INPUT from transformer. M6 Image freeze connection for Workstation or external PC (with or without image capturing card V-USB2 cod. 76610101).

Boards layout

51

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) M7 M2

Image freeze connection for camera on assistant’s side or camera mounted on monitor (ANALOG DENTAL UNITS) 15VDC OUTPUT, monitor/workstation

4.

RELAYS RL2 – Used to turn on the monitor and dental unit at the same time.

5.

FUSES FU1 - 21VAC input - fuse 5x20 6,3 A-250V.

6.

LEDS DL1 – 21VAC – green Lights up to signal 21VAC in transformer input. DL2 – FREEZE – yellow Comes on to indicate that the FREEZE signal is activated. DL3 – ON/OFF – yellow Comes on to indicate that the ON/OFF signal is activated. DL4 - +15VDC –green Lights up to indicate 15VDC output for monitor/workstation.

7.

JUMPERS - Card code 97660616: NOT PROVIDED - Card code 97660906: JUMPER 13VCC JP1 15VCC

DESCRIPTION Always OFF (not used). Always ON: Monitor/Workstation power supply.

8.

SETTINGS NOT REQUIRED

9.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When the dental unit is turned on, a 0 V signal is sent to pin 3 of connector M5 (card code 97660616/906); after which the following LED indicators light up: - LED DL1 - 21 VAC: indicates the input voltage is present (21 Vac). - LED DL3 - ON/OFF: indicates the turn on signal from the dental unit is present - LED DL4 – 15VDC: indicates the output voltage is present (15 Vdc). LED

DESCRIPTION CAUSE

REMEDY

- Vertical fuse FU1 blown. Led DL1-21 VAC: OFF Led DL1-21 VAC: ON Led DL3-ON/OFF: OFF Led DL4-15 VDC: OFF

52

- Replace the fuse. - Check the input voltage (21 Vac) in connector - No input voltage (21 Vac). M1. - Relay RL2 not working. - Replace the card code 97660616/906. - Verify the presence of 24 Vdc in points 1-7 of connector KMU (card code 97660616/906). - No turn on signal (0 V) received from dental - Check continuity and connections of the power unit. cable between the electrical box card and card code 97660616/906. - Check continuity and connections of the power - Power cable (15 Vdc) for monitor/workstation cable between the card code 97660616/906 and interrupted. monitor/workstation. - Error inside card code 97660616/906. - Replace the card code 97660616/906.

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE ISOLITE 300 - MC3 (CODE 97660617)

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES - 0 V: connector KP1 - PIN 1 - 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 4

AMP CONNECTOR:

2. DESCRIPTION Supplies the micromotor power supply: max 24 VDC (+/- 0.5 VDC) Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1 + TYPE 4) Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS “NO EG” SIGNAL). Feeds the cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves 3. CONNECTORS M1 Handpiece fiber optics power supply F.O. +: brown wire F.O. -: blue wire Micromotor handpiece power supply MM1: red wire MM2: black wire KEV Solenoid valve power supply, Air spray and cooling air for windings KS1(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532) KP1 Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532) 4. RELAYS RL1 - double contact relay - power supply for micromotor module and fiber optics power supply to instruments. RL2 - reversal of direction of micromotor rotation. Boards layout

53

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 6. LEDS DL1 - red Shows when the speed of the micromotor is changed It is off when the foot control is inactivated On with the foot control operative: the brightness of LED DL1 depends on the position of the foot control switch (signal C1) and instrument activation signal (CM). LED DL1 is parallel with the pins used to connect the micromotor’s cord. 7. JUMPERS J1 - Position 1: micromotor MC2/Isolite 300 Position 2: micromotor MC3 8. SETTINGS TRIMMERS P1 - MAX: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s high speed P2 - POT: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s power P3 - MIN: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s low speed P4 - LIM: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s current limit. DO NOT TOUCH!!! SETTING MICRO MOTOR MC3: a) Connect a tester (minimum capacity 25 Vdc) to the wires (red and black) of the micro motor’s cord on the micromotor control. b) Mount a handpiece in the micromotor with a rubberized dental burr (usually used to polish). c) Take out the micromotor. d) Operate the dental unit’s foot control at maximum and set the maximum speed to about 23.5 (± 0.5 Vdc) with the MAX trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, make sure the maximum seed is set. e) Run the dental unit’s foot control at minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 1.8 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, run the foot control at maximum and make sure the speed shown on the panel is set to minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 1.8 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer. f) Run the dental unit’s foot control (as explained at e) and slow down the rubberized dental burr with your fingers, trying to simply slow it down and not stop it. Adjust power trimmer POT so that the voltage of the micromotor increases as the dental burr slows down up to 7-8 (± 0.5) Vdc (with the dental burr nearly blocked). It is IMPORTANT that the micromotor runs smoothly without jerking during this stage. g) Set the air flow rate for cooling down the windings (when a turbine simulator is used, 3.4-3.5 bar is lost per Long life turbine) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module. WHENEVER THE SETTING OF A TRIMMER IS CHANGED (PMAX or PMIN or PPOT) THE OTHER SETTINGS ARE ALSO AFFECTED: CHECK AND SET THEM AGAIN IF NECESSARY; JUMPER J1 POSITION 2. SETTING MICROMOTOR MC 2 AND ISOLITE 300: a) Connect a tester (minimum capacity 25 Vdc) to the wires (red and black) of the micro motor’s cord on the micromotor control. b) Mount a handpiece in the micromotor with a rubberized dental burr (usually used to polish). c) Take out the micromotor. 54

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) d) Operate the dental unit’s foot control at maximum and set the maximum speed to about 24 (± 0.5 Vdc) with the MAX trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, make sure the maximum seed is set. e) Run the dental unit’s foot control at minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 2 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, run the foot control at maximum and make sure the speed shown on the panel is set to minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 2 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer. f) Run the dental unit’s foot control (as explained at e) and slow down the rubberized dental burr with your fingers, trying to simply slow it down and not stop it. Adjust power trimmer POT so that the voltage of the micromotor increases as the dental burr slows down up to 7-8 (± 0.5) Vdc (with the dental burr nearly blocked). It is IMPORTANT that the micromotor runs smoothly without jerking during this stage. g) Set the flow rate of the air used to cool down the windings with a flow meter (MC2 = 4 nl/min; Isolite 300 = 8 nl/ min) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module. WHENEVER THE SETTING OF A TRIMMER IS CHANGED (PMAX or PMIN or PPOT) THE OTHER SETTINGS ARE ALSO AFFECTED: CHECK AND SET THEM AGAIN IF NECESSARY; JUMPER J1 POSITION 1.

Boards layout

55

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) MOTORIZED BOWL CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660627)

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:

CONNECTOR FLAT CABLE:

CONNECTOR AMP.:

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY 0V : connector K1 – PIN 5. 24VDC : connector K1 – PIN 8 –MOTOR POWER SUPPLY. 12VDC : connector K1 – PIN 7 –POWER SUPPLY CARD 2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION - Feeds the bowl motor (24VDC). - Controls the limit switches and memories of the bowl according to the position of the potentiometer. 3. CONNECTORS K1 Signal/power supply (12VDC , 24VDC) interconnection with standard hydrogroup card code 97660583. K2 Potentiometer signal/power supply interconnection for bowl motor (12VDC). KP1 NOT USED. 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT. 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT. 56

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 6. LED DL1 - (+12) - green - When illuminated it signals 12 VDC present DL2 - (+24) - green - When illuminated it signals 24 VDC present DL3 – DIAG - yellow Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: regular flashing. - Flashes 6 times and pauses: check the potentiometer (code 97520617) for bowl rotation and relative connections. - Flashes 7 times and pauses: set the bowl rotation limit switch. - Flashes 8 times and pauses: check the gear motor (code 97213100) and relative connections; check the bowl rotation card (code 97660627). 7. JUMPER J1 OFF: Default setting (NOT USED – ALWAYS OFF: Card code 97660627 < /B). ON: Setting the bowl rotation limit switch (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B). 8. SETTINGS SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 < /B): - With the dental unit ON, disconnect connector K2 of card code 97660627 and reconnect it (the card automatically sets itself up for programming the positions of the limit switch; led DL3-DIAG blinks 7 times and pauses). - Turn the bowl BY HAND in both directions until the end stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end stop for about 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG flashes regularly. Shut off the dental unit and turn it back on to confirm the limit switch settings. SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B): - With the dental unit SHUT OFF, turn on jumper J1 (ON). - Energize the dental unit (the card automatically sets itself up to set the end-stop positions: series of 5 flashes and led DL3-DIAG pause). - Turn the bowl in both directions BY HAND until the end-stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end of its travel for approximately 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG flashes regularly. - Shut off the dental unit. - Turn off jumper J1 (OFF). - Turn the dental unit back. 9. UPDATE CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

UPDATE DATE

Code 97660627/A First version installed. Firmware 60627 rev. 3.1

19/09/07

Code 97660627/A Change implemented for controlling motor over-absorption. Firmware 60627 rev. 3.2

15/11/07

Code 97660627/B Set up procedure modified. Firmware 60627 rev. 3.3

30/06/08

Boards layout

57

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SCALER INTERFACE CARD (CODE 97660630 - From: 10/2008)

(**)

(*) 1

3

2

4

1

1

3

5

2

4

6

1 1 1. 1. CARD POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR KP (pin: 4 - 1)

VOLTAGE 32 VDC - 0 VDC

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:

CONNECTOR FLAT CABLE:

2. DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR AMP.:

The card controls: - EMS scaler control; - SATELEC scaler control; - PZ5 scaler control. In addition, it generates the following signals: - TYPE 1: to acknowledge the instrument; - EG: to block dental chair movement when the instrument is withdrawn. 3. CONNECTORS CONNECTOR

TYPE

KP

AMP-MODU

KS

FLAT

M1

Morsetto PHOENIX

KC1

Molex Microfit (*)

58

DESCRIPTION Connection (power supply/signals) to instrument board card (code 97660528). Connection (power supply/signals) to instrument board card (code 97660528). Handpiece connection: - Pin 1: handpiece power supply (orange wire). - Pin 2: handpiece power supply (black wire). - Pin 3: TEAM UP application. - Pin 4: not used. - Pin 5: fiber optic power supply (+FO) / led (+LED). - Pin 6: fiber optic power supply (–FO) / led (–LED). Scaler control connection.

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) KC2 TP1 - TP2

Molex Microfit (**) Faston

Scaler control connection. Connection for cooling solenoid valve for EMS handpiece fiber optic.

4. RELAYS (NOT PRESENT) 5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT) 6. LED LED

COLOR

DL1(POWER_ON)

GREEN

DESCRIPTION Normally on: indicates la presenza della tensione di alimentazione al controllo.

7. JUMPER JUMPER

DESCRIPTION 1-2

J1 2-3 J2

1-2 2-3

EMS control voltage: from 0 to 10 V between TP3 (0) and TP5 (10V). SATELEC and PZ5 control voltage: from 0 to 5 V between TP3 (0) and TP5 (5V). EMS handpiece selection. SATELEC/ PZ5 handpiece selection.

8. SETTINGS (NOT PRESENT)

Boards layout

59

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660672 - From: 07/2008 - Until: 01/2010)

ON

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES CONNECTOR K2 (pin: 3 - 1) K2 (pin: 4 - 1)

VOLTAGE 24 VDC - 0 VDC 12 VDC - 0 VDC

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:

CONNECTOR FLAT CABLE:

CONNECTOR AMP.:

the card controls: - the WHE 2008 system in both analog and digital dental units. - addition of hydrogen peroxide (600 ppm) with the dosing pump. - the BIOSTER system in digital dental units. 3. CONNECTORS CONNECTOR K1

JST

K2

Molex Microfit

K3

Molex Microfit

60

TYPE

DESCRIPTION Utility service center box CAN BUS connection (DIGITAL dental units). Power supply input: - 12 VDC (pin: 4 - 1): card and CPU power supply. - 24 VDC (pin: 3 - 1): solenoid valve piloting. - Power supply (24 VDC) EV- dosing unit control (pin: 2 - 6). - Power supply (24 VDC) EV- duct drainage (pin: 1 - 5) - (BIOSTER). - Volumetric sensor connection (pin: 4 - 7 - 8) - (BIOSTER). Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) K4

Molex Microfit

K5

JST

K6

Molex Microfit

Power supply (24 VDC) EV- hydrogen peroxide (BIOSTER). Probe connection (normally opened) for hydrogen peroxide tank reserve. Reserve active: 4 beeps at start up (ANALOG dental units). Connection to interface card: - Pin 1: 24 VDC. - Pin 2: MIN_S1 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 3: 0 VDC. - Pin 4: EV_AIR_S1. - Pin 5: EV_AIR_S2. - Pin 6: EV_H2O_IN - Pin 7: EV_ADD_H2O2. - Pin 8: STOP (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 9: FULL (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 10: MAX_S2 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 11: MIN_S2 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 12: MAX_S1 (normally opened floating probe).

4. RELAYS (NOT PRESENT) 5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT) 6. LED LED

COLOR

DL4 (DIAG)

YELLOW

DL1 (ACT)

GREEN

Boards layout

DESCRIPTION At first it indicates the firmware version after which it flashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec.. Flashes quickly and irregularly to signal an internal error. If it flashes slowly and irregularly (with 2 sec. pause): - 2 flashes and pause: internal error. - 4 flashes and pause: internal error. - 5 flashes and pause: drainage cycle not correctly completed. - 6 flashes and pause: tank S1 status error. - 7 flashes and pause: time to fill tank S1 finished. - 8 flashes and pause: tank S2 status error. - 9 flashes and pause: time to fill tank S2 finished. - 10 flashes and pause: FULL probe signals water presence. - 11 flashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S1 is interrupted. - 12 flashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S2 is interrupted.

Flashes according to CAN BUS activity under normal conditions. Led on: problem inside card (code 97660672) or CAN BUS cable (disconnected).

61

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

RED

Normally off. If it is on or flashes, it signals a problem in the CAN BUS connection: - led on: short circuited wire in CAN BUS cable; - led flashing: frayed wire in CAN BUS cable.

DL3 (24V)

GREEN

Normally on: indicates power on (24 VDC) to feed the solenoid valves.

DL5 (12V)

GREEN

Normally on: indicates power on (12 VDC) to feed the microprocessor.

DL6 (ERR)

RED

DL2 (WERR)

Normally off. Comes on when the card detects an error specified by DL4 (DIAG).

DL7 (OUT_S1)

GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when tank S1 is delivering.

DL8 (OUT_S2)

GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when tank S2 is delivering.

DL9 (EV_ADD)

GREEN

DL10 (EV_POMPA) DL11 (EV_SVUOT) DL12 (EV_H2O2) DL13 (EV_H2O) DL14 (DOS)

GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that controls the dosing pump (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray ducts (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that to fill the spray ducts (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that lets municipal water into the WHE system tank is activated. Normally flashes. Indicates correct operation of the sensor that detects hydrogen peroxide flow inside the dosing pump (BIOSTER).

7. DIP SWITCH DIP SWITCH

DESCRIPTION 1

2 SW1

62

DIGITAL dental units: - ON: shuts off BIOSTER system. - OFF: turns on BIOSTER system. ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used). DIGITAL dental units: - ON: shuts off WHE system. - OFF: turns on WHE system. ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used).

3

- ON: disables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 3.3) ; WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm (FW rev. ≥ 3.3). - OFF: enables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 3.3) ; WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm (FW rev. ≥ 3.3).

4

Enables DIGITAL/ANALOG operation: - OFF DIGITAL dental units - ON. ANALOG dental units

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8. SETTINGS Card code 97660672 in rev. < /C e firmware 60672 in vers. < 4.0: controls only the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (with all 6 normally open probes). Card code 97660672 in rev. ≥ /C e firmware 60672 in vers. ≥ 4.0: controls the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system and WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system. Select them as directed below: (electronic card code 97660672 is factory set to be used with the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system): - With the dental unit shut off, turn the 4 dip-switches (1-2-3-4 of SW1) to ON. - Turn on the dental unit and wait for the diagnostic led (DL4 - DIAG) to signal the set up procedure has been started (fast flashing). - Select the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (with all 6 normally open probes): Turn dip-switches 1 and 2 to OFF (dip-switches 3 and 4 stay in the ON position). A beep indicates the selection has been made (only if the other WHE system was previously selected).

WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (without serial number)

- Select the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with 2 normally closed probes and 4 normally open probes). Turn dip-switches 3 and 4 to OFF (dip-switches 1 and 2 stay in the ON position). Two beeps signal the selection has been made (only if the other WHE system was previously selected). WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with serial number)

- Shut off the dental unit and turn the 4 dip-switches to the positions for normal operation (see the applications present). Boards layout

63

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 9. UPDATES CARD VERSION

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

DATE UPDATED

Code 97660672 First product version. Firmware 60672 rev. 3.1

03/07/08

Code 97660672/A WHE system modified: normally opened probes used. Firmware 60672 rev. 3.2

25/08/08

The amount of hydrogen peroxide used during continuous WHE system mixing can be set: - SW1 - no.3 in position ON: mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 300 ppm (1 metering Code 97660672/B device impulse). Firmware 60672 rev. 3.3 - SW1 - no.3 in position OFF (factory settings): mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 600 ppm (2 metering device impulses).

11/12/08

Code 97660672/C WHE type can be selected. Firmware 60672 rev. 4.0

16/03/09

Code 97660672/C 3 beeps added once the emptying process has been completed. Firmware 60672 rev. 4.1

26/05/09

Code 97660672/D Standby time for STOP probe to be unblocked increased to 6 seconds. Firmware 60672 rev. 4.2

30/10/09

64

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660866 - From: 02/2010)

ON

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES CONNECTOR K2 (pin: 3 - 1) K2 (pin: 4 - 1)

POWER ON 24 VDC - 0 VDC 12 VDC - 0 VDC

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:

CONNECTOR FLAT CABLE:

CONNECTOR AMP.:

the card controls: - the WHE 2008 system in both analog and digital dental units. - addition of hydrogen peroxide (600 ppm) with the dosing pump. - the BIOSTER system in digital dental units. 3. CONNECTORS CONNECTOR K1

JST

K2

Molex Microfit

K3

Molex Microfit

K4

MICRO-MATE

Power supply (24 VDC) EV- hydrogen peroxide (BIOSTER).

K5

JST

Probe connection (normally opened) for hydrogen peroxide tank reserve. Reserve active: 4 beeps at start up (ANALOG dental units).

Boards layout

TYPE

DESCRIPTION Utility service center box CAN BUS connection (DIGITAL dental units). Power supply input: - 12 VDC (pin: 4 - 1): card and CPU power supply. - 24 VDC (pin: 3 - 1): solenoid valve piloting. - Power supply (24 VDC) EV- dosing unit control (pin: 2 - 6). - Power supply (24 VDC) EV- duct drainage (pin: 1 - 5) - (BIOSTER). - Volumetric sensor connection (pin: 4 - 7 - 8) - (BIOSTER).

65

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

K6

Molex Microfit

KEG

MICRO-MATE

Connection to interface card: - Pin 1: 24 VDC. - Pin 2: MIN_S1 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 3: 0 VDC. - Pin 4: EV_AIR_S1. - Pin 5: EV_AIR_S2. - Pin 6: EV_H2O_IN - Pin 7: EV_ADD_H2O2. - Pin 8: STOP (normally opened floating probe ). - Pin 9: FULL (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 10: MAX_S2 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 11: MIN_S2 (normally opened floating probe). - Pin 12: MAX_S1 (normally opened floating probe). Power supply output (24 VDC) for main pilot solenoid valve.

4. RELAYS (NOT PRESENT) 5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT) 6. LED LED

DL4 (DIAG)

DL1 (ACT)

DL2 (WERR)

66

COLOR

DESCRIPTION

YELLOW

At first it indicates the firmware version after which it flashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec.. Flashes quickly and irregularly to signal an internal error. If it flashes slowly and irregularly (with 2 sec. pause): - 2 flashes and pause: internal error. - 4 flashes and pause: internal error. - 5 flashes and pause: drainage cycle not correctly completed. - 6 flashes and pause: tank S1 status error. - 7 flashes and pause: time to fill tank S1 finished. - 8 flashes and pause: tank S2 status error. - 9 flashes and pause: time to fill tank S2 finished. - 10 flashes and pause: FULL probe signals water presence. - 11 flashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S1 is interrupted. - 12 flashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S2 is interrupted.

GREEN

RED

Flashes according to CAN BUS activity under normal conditions. Led on: problem inside card (code 97660672) or CAN BUS cable (disconnected). Normally off. If it is on or flashes, it signals a problem in the CAN BUS connection: - led on: short circuited wire in CAN BUS cable; - led flashing: frayed wire in CAN BUS cable.

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DL3 (24V)

GREEN

Normally on: indicates power on (24 VDC) to feed the solenoid valves.

DL5 (12V)

GREEN

Normally on: indicates power on (12 VDC) to feed the microprocessor.

DL6 (ERR)

RED

Normally off. Comes on when the card detects an error specified by DL4 (DIAG).

DL7 (OUT_S1)

GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when tank S1 is delivering.

DL8 (OUT_S2)

GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when tank S2 is delivering.

DL9 (EV_ADD)

GREEN

DL10 (EV_POMPA) DL11 (EV_SVUOT) DL12 (EV_H2O2) DL13 (EV_H2O) DL14 (DOS)

GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN GREEN

Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that controls the dosing pump (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray ducts (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray ducts (BIOSTER) is activated. Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that lets municipal water into the WHE system tank is activated. Normally flashes. Indicates correct operation of the sensor that detects hydrogen peroxide flow inside the dosing pump (BIOSTER).

7. DIP SWITCH DIP SWITCH

DESCRIZIONE 1

2

SW1

3 4 5

6

Boards layout

DIGITAL dental units: - ON: shuts off BIOSTER system. - OFF: turns on BIOSTER system. ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used). DIGITAL dental units: - ON: shuts off WHE system. - OFF: turns on WHE system. ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used). Always OFF (not used). Enables DIGITAL/ANALOG operation: - OFF DIGITAL dental units - ON. ANALOG dental units - ON: WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm. - OFF: WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm. - ON: Select the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (with all 6 normally open probes). - OFF: Select the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with 2 normally closed probes and 4 normally open probes)

67

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8. SETTINGS (NOT REQUIRED) 9. UPDATES CARD VERSION Code 97660866 First product version. Firmware 60866 rev. 5.1

68

UPDATE DESCRIPTION

DATE UPDATED 01/02/10

Boards layout

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

CONTENTS

1 - REPLACEMENT OF ROTARY POTENTIOMETER (Code 97520709) FOR SEAT UP/DOWN ADJUSTMENT ...................................................................................................................................................... 2 2 - SETTING THE BACKREST POTENTIOMETER .......................................................................................... 5 3 - CHECKING THE SETTING OF BACKREST/SEAT ROTARY POTENTIOMETERS ............................. 6 4 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER AND GEAR MOTOR FOR BOWL .............................................. 7 5 - SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH .................................................................................... 9

Replacing spare parts

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1 - REPLACEMENT OF ROTARY POTENTIOMETER (Code 97520709) FOR SEAT UP/DOWN ADJUSTMENT - Remove the connection box cover (a). b

Fig. 1

a

- Move the chair all the way up (to its mechanical stop): disconnect the KS connector and insert it in K2 (see fig. 3) - Remove the cover (b) of the pantograph arm. - Disconnect electric power to the chair.

Fig. 2 b v

c s

Fig. 3

KSC M1 K2 K1 KS

Backrest motor Power supply Upward Downward Seat motor

Dental chair main board (cod. 97660578)

2

Replacing spare parts

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Screw out the 3 screws (v) shown in figure 2 and move the main chair board assembly (s) to obtain access to the potentiometer (d). - Loosen the dowel (e) of the gear wheel (f). - Manually turn the potentiometer shaft (working on point “j”) to obtain front positioning of the dowel (g) located on the pin (h). - Loosen the dowel (g). - Take out the pin (h) and the gear wheel (f). - Replace the potentiometer (d). - After installing the new potentiometer (d) at its special position (i), insert the pin (h) and the gear wheel (f) on the potentiometer with their front-facing fixing dowels (g ; e). - IMPORTANT: The gear wheel (f) should be resting against the pin (h) and be in line with the sector gear (k). - Tighten the pin (h) on the potentiometer with the special dowel (g).

Fig. 4

c

i

K

j h e d

Replacing spare parts

g

f

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Turn the potentiometer shaft clockwise to its travel limit and then, turn it counter-clockwise by 3-4 notches (see fig. 5). - Lock the gear wheel (f) on the pin (h) with the special dowel (e). - Place the main chair control board (s) at its design location (c) and tighten the 3 fixing screws (v). - Plug the potentiometer electric cable (d) into the connector K3 of the main chair board (s). - Turn on electrical power to the dental chair and set the dental chair limit switches as directed in the procedure for setting the dental chair card (code 97660578). END SLOT

Fig. 5

f START SLOT j

4

Replacing spare parts

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

2 - SETTING THE BACKREST POTENTIOMETER - Completely lower the backrest (down to the limit stop), directly feeding from the backrest motor (connect connector KSC of the dental chair board to connector K1, until the motor goes down to the lower limit stop). - Release the grub screw (w) which fixes the pinion to the potentiometer pin.

Fig. 6 w

- Turn with a screwdriver the potentiometer pin completely clockwise down to the lower limit stop (looking in front of the pinion). - Turn with a screwdriver the potentiometer pin completely anti-clockwise for three teeth (fig. 7). Fig. 7

END SLOT

START SLOT

- Block the pinion to the central pin using the grub screw. - Set the limit switches for movement of the chair back as directed in the procedure for setting the dental chair card (code 97660578).

Replacing spare parts

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3 - CHECKING THE SETTING OF BACKREST/SEAT ROTARY POTENTIOMETERS It is extremely important to check calibration of the potentiometers. Incorrect calibration could compromise proper operation of the patient chair board and the control of the interface with the cuspidor bowl. - Check the power supply (5VDC) to the seat potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K3 on board code 97660578) and the backrest potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K11 on board code 97660164 or between 1 and 2 of the K5 on board code 97660578). - Connect the volt meter (scale max. 10 V DC) between test point 0V and test point P_SC / P_S of the relative potentiometer. - Insert the jumper J1 with the patient chair powered and on. - Bring the backrest to its lowermost position and the seat to its uppermost position (until the mechanical limit stops are reached). The value detected by the volt meter must be about 0.7-0.8 V DC, for both seat and backrest. - Remove the jumper J1. After carrying out calibration of the patient chair electrical limit switches, check that the maximum value of the potentiometers never exceeds 4.5 V DC (with seat and back in uppermost position). Maximum and minimum values can change depending on (seat/backrest) movement because the movement strokes differ.

6

Replacing spare parts

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 4 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER AND GEAR MOTOR FOR BOWL - Take off the bottom cover (a) observing the direction (X) indicated in figure 8. - Loosen the 6 screws for the cover outside the hydrogroup (b), the 2 screws for the inside one (c) and remove both covers (b ; c) together observing the direction (Y) indicated in figure 8. - Loosen the 2 screws and take off the cover (d). Fig. 8

d c Y

b

a

Y

X

- Detach the tubes and electrical cable for the bowl unit (e) inside the hydrogroup. - Loosen the grub screw (f). - Remove the bowl assembly (e). Fig. 9 e

f

Replacing spare parts

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Loosen the 4 screws (g) at the bottom of the bowl assembly and remove the bowl support (h). - Take the cover (i) off the gear motor. REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER: - Loosen the grub screw (j) for the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer (l). - Remove the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer (l). - Replace the potentiometer (l). - Put the toothed wheel (k) on the rod of the new potentiometer (l) and tighten the grub screw (j). - Put the cover (i) on the gear motor. - Secure the support (h) on the bottom of the bowl assembly with the 4 screws (g) provided. REPLACING THE GEAR MOTOR: - Loosen the grub screw (m) for the toothed wheel (n) of the gear motor (o). - Remove the toothed wheel (n) of the gear motor (o). - Replace the gear motor (o). - Put the toothed wheel (n) on the shaft of the gear motor (o) and tighten the grub screw (m).

Fig. 10

i

l o

j

m

k n

h g

8

Replacing spare parts

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Turn the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer clockwise or counter-clockwise up to the end stop and move back 4 turns referring to the grub screw. k Fig. 11

- Put in the bowl assembly (e) making sure its axis coincides with the axis of the hydrogroup. - Tighten the grub screw (f). - Connect the tubes and electric cable for the bowl assembly (e) inside the hydrogroup. - Set the basin rotation limit switch (see following paragraph).

Fig. 12 e

f

- Put the hydrogroup covers on in the following order: d ; b + c ; a (see fig. 8).

Replacing spare parts

9

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

5 - SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 < /B): - With the dental unit ON, disconnect connector K2 of card code 97660627 and reconnect it (the card automatically sets itself up for programming the positions of the limit switch; led DL3-DIAG blinks 7 times and pauses). - Turn the bowl BY HAND in both directions until the end stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end stop for about 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG flashes regularly. Shut off the dental unit and turn it back on to confirm the limit switch settings. SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B): - With the dental unit SHUT OFF, turn on jumper J1 (ON). - Energize the dental unit (the card automatically sets itself up to set the end-stop positions: series of 5 flashes and led DL3-DIAG pause). - Turn the bowl in both directions BY HAND until the end-stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end of its travel for approximately 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG flashes regularly. - Shut off the dental unit. - Turn off jumper J1 (OFF). - Turn the dental unit back.

10

Replacing spare parts

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) CONTENTS

1 - ENGINEERING DATA......................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 - SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 - DIMENSIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 4 1.3 - WIRING DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................................... 6 2 - PACKING............................................................................................................................................................... 7 2.1 - TRANSPORT AND STORAGE .................................................................................................................. 7 2.2 - DIMENSIONS AND CONTENT ................................................................................................................ 7 3 - INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................................. 8 3.1 - INSTALLING THE UNIT-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHT .............................................................. 8 3.2 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS .............................................................. 8 3.3 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS CL).......................... 12 3.4 - HANDLE INSTALLATION (only VENUS model) .................................................................................. 17 3.5 - INSTALLING THE CLEAR SHIELD (only VENUS model) ................................................................. 17 4 - MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS..................................................................................................................... 18 4.1 - Balancing the pantograph arm .................................................................................................................. 18 4.2 - Adjusting the optical unit’s clutch (spot tilt) ............................................................................................. 18 5 - REPLACING THE LAMP ................................................................................................................................ 19 6 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER CARD, BRIGHTNESS SENSOR AND LAMP ON/OFF LEVER (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL) ................................................................................... 21 7 – REPLACING THE FAN .................................................................................................................................... 25 8 – REPLACING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model) ... 26 9 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660427 - Until: 10/07)............................ 28 VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660594 - From: 11/07; Until: 05/09) ..... 28 10 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660841 - From: 06/09) ....... 30 11 - VENUS LIGHT CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660428) ................................................................................ 32 12 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POTENTIOMETER CARD (CODE 97660429) .............. 33 13 - VENUS PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CARD (CODE 97660509) ............................... 34

Operating light

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) VENUS/VENUS PLUS OPERATORY LIGHT

1 - ENGINEERING DATA 1.1 - SPECIFICATIONS VENUS PLUS ¬OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version) Apparatus for continuous operation Voltage

17VAC – 50/60Hz

Power

95 W

Dimensions of light spot

75 mm x 160 mm

Lux

35000

Color temperature

4900 K (+/-5 %)

Maximum temperature on accessible surfaces (during normal use)

< 85°C

Fan noise level

< 40 dB (A)

Total weight

6,5 Kg.

Protection against electrical hazards

Class II type B equipment

Halogen light bulb (code 97710135)

PHILIPS 17V – 95W – G6,35

VENUS PLUS TML/CL OPERATORY LIGHT (ceiling-mounted version) Apparatus for continuous operation Voltage

100-115-230VAC – 50/60Hz

Power

115 W

Dimensions of light spot

75 mm x 160 mm

Lux

35000

Color temperature

4900 K (+/-5 %)

Maximum temperature on accessible surfaces (during normal use)

< 85°C

Fan noise level

< 40 dB (A)

Weight

- VENUS PLUS TML:Track 24 Kg and carriage with operatory light 12 Kg. - VENUS PLUS CL lamp weight: 14 kg lamp post and ceiling mounting unit and 7 kg lamp assembly

Protection against electrical hazards

Class I type B equipment

2

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Fuses

- F1 = T4 A Transformer’s primary. - F2 = T6.3 A Transformer’s secondary.

Halogen light bulb (code 97710135)

PHILIPS 17V – 95W – G6,35

VENUS OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version)

VENUS OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version) Apparatus for continuous operation Voltage

9-12 VAC – 50/60Hz

Power

50 W

Dimensions of light spot

75 mm x 160 mm

Lux

22500

Color temperature

4900 K (+/-5 %)

Maximum temperature on accessible surfaces (during normal use)

< 85°C

Fan noise level

< 40 dB (A)

Total weight

6,5 Kg.

Protection against electrical hazards

Class II type B equipment

Halogen light bulb (code 97710154)

OSRAM 12V – 50W – G6,35

Operating light

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1.2 - DIMENSIONS

VENUS

VENUS PLUS

4

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

VENUS PLUS TML

VENUS PLUS CL

Operating light

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 1.3 - WIRING DIAGRAM VENUS PLUS

VENUS PLUS TML/CL

VENUS

6

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 2 - PACKING 2.1 - TRANSPORT AND STORAGE Instructions on how to handle, store and open the packing are given on the cardboard box. These instructions must be carefully followed. 1) Transport and store only in the direction indicated by the arrows. 2) Handle with care. Do not bang. 3) Protect against humidity. 4) Do not use hooks to move. 5) Plate containing environmental conditions required for storage: - Temperature from - 15° to 50° C. - Relative humidity from 10 to 90 %. - Atmospheric pressure from 500 to 1060 hPa.

2.2 - DIMENSIONS AND CONTENT VENUS/VENUS PLUS operatory light (unit-mounted version): - Overall dimensions: 915x365x405 mm. - Weight: 9,5 Kg. - Content: light complete with arms; outfit; documentation and warranty. VENUS PLUS TML operatory light (ceiling-mounted version): - Overall dimensions: 915x365x405 mm. - Weight: 8 Kg. - Content: light complete with articulated arm; outfit; documentation and warranty. Ceiling mount for VENUS PLUS TML operatory light: - Overall dimensions: 355x1615x315 mm. - Weight: 30 Kg. - Content: track complete with slide to mount on ceiling; post L=835 mm; support bars; outfit. VENUS PLUS CL lamp (ceiling mounted version): - Overall dimensions: 915 x 365 x 405 mm. - Weight: 22,5 kg. - Content: lamp complete with arms, fitting for ceiling mounted lamp, outfit, documentation and warranty. Fitting for ceiling mounting for VENUS PLUS CL lamp: - Overall dimensions: 110x110x1400 mm. - Weight: 7 kg. - Content: post L = 1700 mm. Operating light

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 - INSTALLING THE UNIT-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHT To mount the operating light on the dental unit, follow the directions given below: - Connect the light’s connector to the corresponding one for the dental unit. - Insert the pin of the arm in the dental unit post extension. The light’s pin does not need to be greased.

White (12V)

Black (9V)

Brown (18V) Blue (0V)

3.2 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS TML) The mounting post for the Venus Plus TML lamp is available in different measures: - L = 790 mm (standard long post) for dental offices with ceilings H = 3÷2,7 m. - L = 490 mm for dental offices with ceilings H = 2,7÷2,4 m.

L = 790 mm L = 490 mm

ATTENTION. Prior to installation a specialized technician must check the static capacity of the load bearing structure the operating light is to be secured to and issue a signed report about the possibility of installing the light on the ceiling in the desired room. All local construction regulations and standards currently in force must be observed. Select a system suitable for the ceiling characteristics to secure the light. The selected system should be able to withstand a breaking force of 75 Kg applied in each of the 8 points. The anchor bolts provided should be used if the ceiling is made of concrete or solid brick. ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: the system must have an effective earth–ground in compliance with local regulations. In Italy the electrical wiring must conform to standards C.E.I. 64-4, that require upstream installation of a differential switch with the following characteristics: - Contact capacity: 250V - 6A (Curve C). - Differential sensitivity: 0.03 A. - Power supply: 3x1.5 mm_. The color of the 3 supply wires must conform to the standards (power BROWN, neutral BLUE, earth YELLOW/ GREEN). A switch should be installed in an easy-to-reach location to shut off electrical power to the equipment. The twopole power switch should have a clearance of at least 3 mm between the contacts, a capacity of 250V 6A and meet the essential requirements of electrical codes IEC 328, 447 and 60601-1. INSTALLATION: Only a specially trained technician may install the dental unit following the mechanical and electrical installation instructions given herein. Before installing, make sure the surgery’s main switch is shut off. As the size of the equipment makes it hard to handle at the time of installation (installation on track), 2 people are needed. 8

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Installing the light on the ceiling : - Install the frame (a) in the position shown in the centering diagram with the dental chair (see fig. 1) using template 97042054 to make the 8 holes and identify the point (b) in which the power cables run out. A hole should be drilled and an anchor bolt put in right away to hold the frame (a) in the desired position (one of the 4 central holes should be used and not one of the 4 holes at the ends). Once the frame stays up by itself, drill the remaining holes. The position of the headrest should be determined with the dental chair completely lowered, back rest horizontal and headrest pushed into the backrest. If the anchor bolts provided are used, drill the ceiling at least 70 mm using a D14 bit. - Use a spirit level to verify that the two bars are at the same height and parallel with each other. If they are not, place a few shims between the bars and ceiling in the required spots.

Fig. 1 a

b

- Remove the installation plates (c) and secure the track (d) to the support bars with n°8 M6x20 screws complete with washers. - Make sure the transformer box stays on the side of the dental chair’s legs. - Before tightening the track mounting screws, run the power cable (e) to the end of the track with the card and make sure the cable is not pinched anywhere along its entire length. c

Fig. 2 e

r

c

d

Operating light

9

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Place the slide (f) on the track (d) from the side opposite the transformer and with the connector’s bracket facing outwards. Connect the connector with the one (p) of the cable contained in the track. Secure the cable with a clamp. - To prevent the carriage from accidentally slipping off, fully tighten the end stops (g) using the M5 nuts and washers supplied before attempting to carry out any other operation. - Try sliding the slide along the entire length of the track to verify that the electrical cable inside the track is able to move freely.

Fig. 3

d f p

g

- Tighten the threaded tube (h) to the slide. After fully tightening the tube, secure the system with the M6x10 grub screw (i) supplied - Attach the connector of the light arm’s cable (l) to the one for the cable that runs out of the post (h). - Attach the light’s arm (m) with the n°3 M5x10 countersunk screws (o) at the end of the post. Install the light so that the position perpendicular to the dental chair is the intermediate point in relation to its total rotation of 325° (see fig. 5).

Fig. 4 i

h o

l

m

Fig. 5

10

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) Electrical connection of ceiling-mounted operatory light: - Remove the cover plate (r) - (see fig. 2). - Connect the power cable (POWER) to terminal block M3 of the card code 97660509, observing the following positions: L

POWER EARTH

N

NEUTRAL

ATTENTION! Make sure the voltage set with selector switches K3 on the card correspond to that of the electrical system. - Check the voltage of the operating light (M2: points 1 - 2), which should be 18.5 (+/-10%) Vac. When the voltage is too low, move the jumper, found at 0V of connector K3, to - 10V. When the voltage is too high, move the jumper, found at 0V of connector K3, to + 10V. - Put on the two side covers (n) using n° 2 self-threading screws #7x3/8» for each of them. Put the cover (r) on the card side after passing the power cable through the relative cable clamp.

Fig. 6

Operating light

n

r

11

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3.3 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS CL) WARNING! - A qualified technician must verify the static characteristics of the load bearing structure on which the lamp is to be mounted prior to installation and give the customer a signed declaration stating the ceiling-mounted lamp can be installed in the desired room. Building standard laws and regulations in force must be observed. - Select a mounting system suitable for the characteristics of the ceiling and able to withstand a tearing force of 75 kg applied individually to each of the 5 anchoring points. Use the rawlplugs provided if the ceiling is constructed in brick or concrete. - ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: the wiring system must include ground conductors in compliance with I.E.C. – US National Electrical Codes and C.E.I. standards. It must comply to standards I.E.C. 60364-7-710 in Italy that require installation of a differential switch with the following characteristics before the system: - contact capacity: 250 V 6A (CURVE C) in compliance with standards I.E.C. 60898-1 and I.E.C. 60947-2. - Differential sensitivity: 0.03A. Power supply: 3 x 1.5 mm2. The color of the 3 conductors must be as specified by the standards (line BROWN, neutral BLUE, earthing YELLOW/GREEN). - Install a switch in a position that the operator can easily reach to shut off electrical power to the apparatus. The two-pole on-off switch should have contacts that are at least 3 mm apart (as set forth by standard I.E.C. 60601-1), a 250V 6A contact capacity and comply to standards I.E.C. 61058-1, 60447 and 60601-1. - INSTALLATION: the unit may be installed solely by a qualified technician in accordance with the electric and mechanical installation instructions given herein. - Before installing the unit, make certain the facility’s main switch is turned to the “off” position.

Installing the ceiling-mounted CL version Follow the directions given below to install the ceiling-mounted CL version: - Identify the initial fixing point ( B ) referring to point ( A ) regarding the center of the headrest (see figure). NOTE: the position ( A ) of the headrest should be determined with the dental chair completely lowered, backrest horizontal and headrest fully retracted into the back of the chair. .

Fig. 1

12

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Place the plate ( 1 ), keeping point ( B ) at the middle hole and mark the positions of the 5 rawlplugs (one in the middle and 4 outer ones arranged as a cross) WARNING! Set the plate ( 1 ) set that the hole with the cable gland is at the power cable outlet. NOTE: if the rawlplugs provided are used, make sure to drill a section that is at least 60 mm in the ceiling with a D14 bit. - After inserting the 5 rawlplugs ( 2 ) mount the plate ( 1 ) using 5 screws M8x60 ( 3 ) complete with washers ( 4 ). Fig. 2

- Put 3 washers ( 8 ) on the plate’s screws where the M8 nuts are already provided. - Insert the post mounting flange ( 5 ) on the ceiling-mounted flange and tighten without blocking the nuts M8 (9) with relative washers ( 8 ). NOTE: be careful to place the tube’s slot at the power cable outlet. - Connect the power supply wire to the terminal block ( 22 ) and verify the set voltage corresponds to the voltage of the electrical installation with selectors K3 on the card. - Check the lamp’s supply voltage (M2: points 0-18). It should be 18.5 (+/- 10%) Vac. If the voltage is too low, move the jumper found at 0 V of connector K3 to –10 V. If the voltage is too high, move the jumper found at 0 V of connector K3 to +1V .

Fig. 3

Operating light

13

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Prepare the post ( 11 ) making sure it is the right length as per formula L = H – 1950 (see figure). NOTE: be careful to cut the part of the post that is not needed on the side that does not have any holes.

Fig. 4

- Place the prepared post ( 11 ) in the hole in the mounting flange. NOTE: make sure the post is firmly in place. - Secure the post with 2 grub screws M6x14 ( 6 ) and tighten the screw ( 19 ). - Once the post has been secured, drill a hole D4 in the post at hole D4 found in the sleeve and insert the roll pin D4x12 ( 7 ). - Set the post so that it is perpendicular with the 3 nuts ( 9 ) and then secure the flange ( 5 ) with the nuts present on the plate ( 1 ). - Loosen the 3 fixing screws TPS M5x10 ( 14 ) and remove the bush ( 16 ) from the post. - Run the lamp’s power cord through the opening in the post’s mounting sleeve. Pull it out approximately 200 mm and connect it to the terminal block ( 22 )

Fig. 5

14

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Place the ceiling fixture ( 10 ) and ring ( 12 ) on the post. Hold the fixture against the ceiling and secure the ring with grub screw M4x8 ( 13 ).

Fig. 6

- Unpack the lamp and turn the fixed arm ( 20 ) 180° as directed below (see figure): - remove the top and bottom covers of the fixed arm’s joint. - remove the screw that secures the fixed arm. - take out the fixed arm ( 20 ) and turn it 180°. - insert the fixed arm on the joint again. - Insert the pin D5x43 ( 21 ) provided in the hole in the fixed arm. NOTE: insert the pin from the unknurled part. - tighten the arm’s fixing screw again. - Put the top and bottom covers back on the joint.

Fig. 7

Operating light

15

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) -

Place the bush ( 16 ) on the pin of the lamp’s arm (20). Connect the electric cord that runs out of the post to the one exiting from the lamp’s arm. Place the wrench( 15 ) in the groove in the lamp arm’s pin (20). Secure the entire lamp post assembly with the 3 TPS screws M5x10 ( 14 ) previously removed.

Fig. 8

16

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 3.4 - HANDLE INSTALLATION (only VENUS model) - Insert the 2 handles (a) and secure with a plastic 4x30 screw (b) supplied.

b

a

3.5 - INSTALLING THE CLEAR SHIELD (only VENUS model) - Take the 2 covers (c) off the handles, pulling them in the direction indicated by the arrow. - Put in the 2 safety pins 3x14 (d) provided. PRECAUTION: When in place, the pin should protrude 3 mm. - Put on the clear shield (e), it clicks when in place. - Put on the safety sign (x) supplied.

x

e c

Operating light

d

17

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 4 - MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS 4.1 - Balancing the pantograph arm - Take the top cover (a) off the pantograph arm. - Tension the spring with the compression nut (b) using a 15 mm fork wrench: - tighten to increase the lift force of the spring; - loosen to decrease the lift force of the spring.

Fig. 1

a

b

4.2 - Adjusting the optical unit’s clutch (spot tilt) - Take the rear cover (c) off the joint. - Adjust the spring’s clutch (d) by working on the fixing screws with a 2.5 mm male hex. wrench: - tighten to increase the clutching force; - loosen to decrease the clutching force.

Fig. 2

d

c

18

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5 - REPLACING THE LAMP ATTENTION. Always shut off electrical power to the device the lamp is connected to before attempting to carry out this operation. - Loosen the ring nut (a) and remove the handles (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model).

Fig. 1

a a

- Turn the optical unit upwards. - Place the tool (b) provided under the screen. - Turn the tool downwards to release the screen’s clip. - Repeat the operation on the opposite side and pull up the screen to take it off. To put the transparent screen back in place simply put it in until the click is heard. Fig. 2

b

- Loosen the safety screw (c) with the 2 mm male hex. wrench supplied; - Open the light bulb cover

Fig. 3

c

Operating light

19

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Loosen the ring nut (d) and pull out the light bulb support (e).

Fig. 4

d e

- Remove the light bulb (f) pulling it outwards. - Put in the new light bulb making sure the electric pins are fully in place in the holder. PRECAUTION. The light bulb must be as indicated in paragraph “Specifications”. Do NOT touch the new light bulb with your hands; always use the protection provided. If you accidentally touch it with your fingers, wipe off the finger prints with a cotton ball soaked in alcohol.

Fig. 5

f

- Put all the parts back in place by performing the steps described above in reverse order. ATTENTION. Put the transparent screen and links back in place, paying careful attention to their safety fasteners.

20

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 6 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER CARD, BRIGHTNESS SENSOR AND LAMP ON/OFF LEVER (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL) If the lamp does not turn on or the brightness cannot be adequately adjusted, take out the entire brightness adjustment unit located in the position shown by the arrow in figure 1. Fig. 1

- Remove the 2 rubber guards (a ; b) at the bottom of the lamp support arms. Fig. 2

Fig. 3

a a

b

b

- Remove the 2 power cables (c ; d). Fig. 4

c

d

Operating light

21

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Loosen the 2 fixing screws for the variator found in positions “A” and “B” (Fig. 5).

A

B

Fig. 5

- Remove the brightness variator.

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

The sensor card used to modify brightness can now be replaced.

22

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) REPLACING THE SENSOR: - Take off the cover (Fig. 8) for centering the turn on switch.

Fig. 9 Fig. 8

- Remove the turn on switch first taking out the pin (e) shown in fig. 10 (Watch out for the spring).

e Fig. 10

- Loosen the screw (f) indicated in fig. 11.

Fig. 11

f

Operating light

23

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) The sensor used to modify brightness can now be replaced.

Fig. 12

Fig. 13

g

24

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 7 – REPLACING THE FAN Take the cover off the back of the lamp by loosening the screw shown in fig.1. a

Unplug the power cable (b) from connector K4 (VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL fig. 2) or K3 (VENUS fig. 3) and take out the fan (c). c

b

K4 c b K3

Put the new fan in place, observing the direction indicated by the arrow stamped on the fan: - Arrow facing inside light for VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL. - Arrow facing outside light for VENUS. Operating light

25

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 8 – REPLACING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model) - Open the light bulb cover (a) (See fig. 1/2/3 par.: «REPLACING THE LIGHT BULB»).

a

- Open the back cover (See fig. 1 par.: «REPLACING THE FAN»). - Detach the 2 sensor wires from connector M4 shown in figure 2. - Take out the card (b) from its slot (c). M4

b

c

26

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Remove the 2 sensor wires (d) (Fig. 4). - Remove the sensor (e) and put in the new one.

ed

d

Operating light

27

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 9 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660427 - Until: 10/07) VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660594 - From: 11/07; Until: 05/09)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES 0V : connector M2 – PIN 1 17 VAC : connector M2 – PIN 2

2. DESCRIPTION - Feeds the lamp’s cooling fan. - Feeds the lamp and varies the power supply when the position of the sensor used to adjust brightness is modified. - Controls how the fan speed varies as the lamp temperature increases.

3. CONNECTORS M1

OUTPUT lamp power supply

M2

INPUT 17 VAC from electrical box card

M3

NOT USED

M4

Lamp temperature sensor connection

K2

Brightness variation sensor connection Lamp on/off sensor connection (When connector K2 is NOT connected, the lamp operates only at maximum brightness through the relative control on the instrument board).

K4

OUTPUT cooling fan power supply

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 28

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT

6. LEDS DL1 – green. If illuminated it signaled 17 VAC power supply input

7. JUMPER J1 (DEFAULT POSITION: OFF) If closed, it decreases the fan’s supply voltage at the minimum speed from 17 VDC to 15 VDC. In any case, as the temperature increases, the power supply to the fan also increases reaching maximum 24 VDC. J2 (DEFAULT POSITION: OFF) If closed, the cooling fan’s start up threshold is increased, speeding up at a higher temperature reaching maximum 24 VDC.

8. SETTINGS For card code 97660427 revision < /A and firmware version < 1.3: SHUTTING OFF THE POTENTIOMETER: a) Shut off the light with the button on the doctor’s console and make sure led DL1 is off. b) Activate the light on switch while turning on the device with the relative button on the console (led DL1 lights up and the light stays off). c) Turn on the light with the switch. d) The potentiometer has now been shut off and brightness CANNOT be adjusted. RESETTING AND TURNING THE POTENTIOMETER BACK ON (To be carried out if the potentiometer does not work properly) a) Shut off the light with the button on the doctor’s console and make sure led DL1 is off. b) Activate the light on switch while turning on the device with the relative button on the console (led DL1 lights up and the light stays off). c) Turn on the light with the switch. d) Turn the potentiometer alternately to the 2 end positions a number of times. e) The potentiometer has now been turned back on and brightness can be adjusted.

Operating light

29

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

10 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660841 - From: 06/09)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES 0V : connector M2 – PIN 1 17VAC : connector M2 – PIN 2 2. DESCRIPTION - Feeds the lamp’s cooling fan. - Feeds the lamp and varies the power supply when the position of the sensor used to adjust brightness is modified.

3. CONNECTORS M1 OUTPUT 16,4VAC lamp power supply. M2 INPUT 17 VAC from electrical box card. M4 NOT USED. M3 Lamp temperature sensor connection. K2 Brightness variation sensor connection. Lamp on/off sensor connection . (When connector K2 is NOT connected, the lamp operates only at maximum brightness through the relative control on the instrument board). K1 OUTPUT cooling fan power supply. 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT

30

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

6. LEDS

LED DL1

COLOR GREEN

DESCRIPTION Normally on: indicates power on (17 VAC).

DL2 (DIAG)

YELLOW

It initially indicates the firmware version and then flashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec.. Signals an internal error if it flashes fast and irregularly. If it flashes irregularly and slowly (with 2 sec. pause): - 2 flashes and pause: temperature sensor disconnected or does not work. - 4 flashes and pause: potentiometer to adjust brightness disconnected or does not work. - 6 flashes and pause: temperature sensor and potentiometer to adjust brightness disconnected or does not work.

DL3 (ERR)

RED

Normally off. It lights up when the card detects an error specified by DL2 (DIAG).

7. JUMPER NOT PRESENT 8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT

Operating light

31

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

11 - VENUS LIGHT CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660428)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY 0VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 3 9VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 2 13VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 1 2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION - Generates 18VDC for the cooling fan - Supplies the cooling fan - Supplies the light bulb ( 12VAC / 9VAC ) - Shuts off the light if the temperature sensor is activated 3. CONNECTORS M1 – POWER SUPPLY INPUT M2 – HEAT SIGNAL INPUT M3 – LIGHT BULB OUTPUT K1 – COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT– 18VDC 4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT 5. FUSES NOT PRESENT 6. LED DL1 – green Illuminated to signal power is supplied to the cooling fan– 18VDC 7. JUMPER NOT PRESENT 8. TARATURE NOT PRESENT

32

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

12 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POTENTIOMETER CARD (CODE 97660429)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC – connector K3 – PIN 1 0 VDC – connector K3 – PIN 4 2. DESCRIPTION - Turns the lamp on and off through sensor U5. - Varies brightness through sensors U3 and U4. 3. CONNECTORS K1 NOT USED K3 Brightness variation sensor, on/off sensor, power supply connection . PIN 1 – INPUT 5 VDC POWER SUPPLY (see paragraph 8 “TESTS”) PIN 2 – OUTPUT ON/OFF impulse to turn the lamp on/off (see paragraph 8 “TESTS”) PIN 3 – OUTPUT sensor signal for varying brightness PIN 4 – 0V 4. RELAYS NON PRESENT 5. FUSES NON PRESENT 6. LEDS NON PRESENT 7. JUMPERS NON PRESENT 8. TESTS Lamp turn on switch - card energized and switch NOT pressed (magnet NOT in front of sensor) – 5 VDC - card energized and switch pressed (magnet IN FRONT of sensor) – 0 VDC - card not energized – 0 VDC OUTPUT sensor signal for varying brightness - Brightness at MINIMUM : approximate value 1.5 / 1.7 VDC - Brightness at MAXIMUM : approximate value 3.1 / 3.3 VDC

Operating light

33

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

13 - VENUS PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CARD (CODE 97660509)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY 100/115/230 VAC: connector M3 - 1 line (L). GROUND: connector M3 - 2 ground ( ). 0 VAC: connector M3 - neutral (N). 2. DESCRIPTION Generates the voltage (18 VAC) for the ceiling-mounted Venus Plus TML lamp. 3. CONNECTORS M3 – supply mains 0-100/115/230 VAC. M1 - Venus Plus 0-18 VAC lamp output power supply. K3 – selector for input voltage (100/115/230 VAC): With voltages higher than 10 V: change 0 V to +10 VAC. With voltages lower than 10 V: change 0 V to –10 VAC.

K2 - transformer primary winding 1 - (–10 VAC) 2 - (0 VAC) 3 - (+10 VAC) 4 - (100 VAC) 5 - (115 VAC) 6 - (230 VAC)

34

1

4

2

5

3

6

Operating light

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) K1 - transformer secondary winding 1 - (0 VAC) 2 - (18 VAC) 3 - (13 VAC) 4 - (10 VAC)

1 2 3 4

4. RELAYS NON PRESENT 5. FUSES F1 = 4 A - 230 VAC (transformer primary line). F2 = 6,3 A - 230 VAC (lamp secondary neutral). 6. LED DL2 (green) – power on light (0-18 VAC).

7. UPDATES

CARD VERSION Cod. 97660509 Cod. 97660509/A

Operating light

DESCRIPTION OF THE UPDATE

DATE OF UPDATE

First product version.

15/03/06

Replace the fuse carriers from SHURTER to BULGIN for improved reliability.

16/07/09

35

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

CONTENTS

- W.H.E. SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (Until: 06/2008) ..................................................................... 2

- NEW W.H.E. 2008 SYSTEM (FLOATING PROBES) – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (From: 07/2008)..........9 - SHS SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ...................................................................................................... 12 - SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ......................................................... 13 - BIOSTER SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ............................................................................................ 14

Hygien System

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) W.H.E. SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (Until: 06/2008) (The numbers next to the parts the form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram) The system separates the water coming from the dental unit piping by producing 2 cm air barrier in order not to contaminate the municipal water. In addition, it automatically disinfects the water supplied to the dental unit by adding a percentage o(2%) of 3% H2O2 (10 volumes), that corresponds to a concentration of 600 pm. The WHE system serves all the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s side and dental assistant’s side), delivers water to cup filler and the suction tube flushing system. The W.H.E. system does NOT send water to the bowl (and hydraulic saliva ejector, available only for analog dental units). The system consists of: - One 500-cc hydrogen peroxide tank (60) that is shared with the BIOSTER system (when provided). - 2 pressurized tanks S1 & S2 (59) to serve all instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s side & Dental assistant’s side), the cup fillers and the suction tube flushing system (the tanks have a capacity of 200 cc each). - Pre-filling chamber (129). - Two air cylinders (130) that bring the pre-filling chamber (129) into communication with the two tanks (59). - Two water solenoid valve (61) to fill the two tanks (59). - Two solenoid valves (117) to drain water out of the two tanks (59). - Two water filters (7) at the exit end of the tanks (59). - Two air solenoid valves (13) for pressurizing the two tanks (59). - Two air solenoid valves (131) for controlling the air-operated valves (130). - One H2O2 solenoid valve (63) for dispensing H2O2 to the water that is contained in the two tanks. - Non-return valves (75) for preventing water, air and H202 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits connected to the BIOSTER system (if installed). - One circuit board (97660420) that is shared with the BIOSTER system (if installed). - Three level probes for each tank: COMMON – MINIMUM – MAXIMUM. Three level probes for the pre-chamber: COMMON – STOP – FULL. Pressure switch (56) that controls the minimum pressure of the low pressure air that supplied the WHE. The pressure switch is useful to prevent flooding in the prechamber if the compressor is shut off.

NON-RETURN VALVE ASS’Y Tank probes

Prechamber Tanks

Solenoid valves

2

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SYSTEM OPERATION: - As soon as the dental unit has been turned on, the circuit board (97660420) controls the level of the fluid with the aid of the probes fitted to the two tanks (59) and fills the tanks as required. FLUID DELIVERY: - The WHE system supplies the fluid to the conduits using one tank at a time (a Led located on the 97660420 circuit board indicates the tank in use, see relevant diagram). The tank in use is put under pressure by the solenoid valve (13), the air cylinder stays closed and the water drain valve (117) remains open to deliver water to the dental unit conduits. - While one tank is being used, the other is filled (see below). A tank may also be full so as to replace the one in use. The tank is then pressurized by solenoid valve (13), the air cylinder and the water drain solenoid valve (117) remain closed. - If both tanks are full when the dental unit is turned on, the WHW system will open the drain solenoid valve of tank S1 (59) - When the tank in use gets empty, the low-level probe activates the circuit board (97660420) to immediately open the drain solenoid valve (117) of the full tank (meanwhile, the drain valve of the empty tank gets closed) so as to ensure a consistent supply of water to all the instruments. FILLING AN EMPTY TANK: - Shut the drain solenoid valve (117). - Relieve the pressure in the empty tank using the 3-way solenoid valve (13). - Operate the air cylinder (130) using the solenoid valve (131) so as to bring the pre-chamber and the empty tank into communication. The valve opens a few seconds afterwards so that there is enough time for tank to get “depressurized” (approx. 7-8 seconds). - The H2O2 solenoid valve (63) opens. H2O2 is gravity-fed from the tank (60) into the empty tank of the WHE system (59). WITH DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS, the amount of H2O2 remains constant because the dental chair transmits a signal to the “Canbus” to indicate its height. As a result, circuit board 97660420 changes the time lag needed to open the H2O2 solenoid valve. When the dental chair midway is through its total height, the set time will be 4 seconds (approx.) with a +/- 30% fluctuation between minimum and maximum height. At the dentist’s request, the H2O2 inlet can be removed from the tank (see 97660420 circuit board layout, Custommade jumper) - Open the water inlet solenoid valve (61) and the H2O2 solenoid valve at the same time. The Water is gravity fed into the empty tank and mixed with H2O2. The Led on the 97660420 circuit board (see layout) lights up to indicate that the water inlet solenoid valve (61) is operating. - As soon as the maximum level mark in the tank has been reached, the water inlet solenoid valve (61) gets closet. After a short time lag, the air cylinder (130) is shut to allow water to run into the pre-chamber tank. The solenoid valve (131) closes the air cylinder so as to cut off the chamber from the tank. - The solenoid valve (13) pressurizes the tank. Three probes are used to control the flow of water into the pre-chamber: - “Common” Probe; - STOP probe; FULL probe; The STOP probe (located at an intermediate level of the pre-chamber) comes into action when the water level in the prechamber gets too high. This may be due to a too high water flow-rate; as a result, all the on-coming water cannot get into the tank being filled. As soon as the water has energized the STOP probe, the inlet solenoid valve (61) stops working. The water goes down until the STOP probe becomes de-energized. Two seconds after the probe has been inactivated, the solenoid valve (61) is re-opened to resume the filling operations. With the WHW system under normal operating conditions and correct pressure in the water supply circuit (2.5 bar), the STOP probe will not come into action. If the STOP probe is activated during the filling operations, no warning messages will appear on the dentist’s display console. (The WHE system is turned off if there is water in the pre-chamber when the dental unit is turned on, either tank start being filled or the water level is such as to bring the STOP probe into action) ERROR “DRAIN WHE” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY. Hygien System

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION. If water is present in the prechamber and comes into contact with the STOP probe when the dental unit is turned on or one or the two tanks is filled, the WHE system does not shutdown because the empty tank’s piston (130) opens allowing the prechamber to be emptied. After which, if the probe is uncovered within a few seconds, tank filling automatically restarts. If the STOP probe remains covered after the first attempt to fill the tank, after a 10-second pause the disinfecting card starts emptying the prechamber again (piston 130 opened) and filling the tank. If the same problem arises after the second attempt (for example because the empty tank’s piston does not open), the disinfecting card emits 2 beeps and shuts off the tank that failed to be filled.. On the other hand the other tank continues to function correctly so that the doctor can work (even if not under perfect conditions). If the piston in the second tank does not open as well, the disinfecting card turns both tanks off and then shuts down the WHE system emitting 2 beeps. To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION. The “FULL” probe is basically an interlocking device that comes into action when the water level in the pre-chamber has become too high because the STOP probe has failed. As soon as the FULL probe is energized by the water, the WHE system stops operating shutting off the main solenoid valve (69) located in the connection box. Fault message “WATER MAIN SHUT OFF” appears on the display console. To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION. The FULL probe comes into action to provide a minimal “clearance” of 2 mm between the water that comes from the main and the water in the dental unit conduits. In the event of FULL probe malfunctions, the water level in the prechamber will go on rising. As a safety measure, there should be a minimal clearance of 2 mm so that the pre-chamber outlet can be opened to drain excess water (OVERFLOW). Circuit board 97660420 also keeps maximum tank filling time under control. As soon as water starts flowing through solenoid valve (61) into the pre-chamber, the circuit board sets a 2-minute time lag for the water to reach the maximum level probe in the tank being filled. If the probe has not been activated after 2 minutes, the circuit board will stop the filling operations (TIMEOUT) and cuts off the faulty tank. From this time on, the WHE system operates only with one tank. (A tank to be filled may have been switched over to “Timeout” mode and cut off when the dental unit is turned on with an empty tank or the main water cock is closed). DRAINING THE SWE SYSTEM PRE-CHAMBER AND TANKS The system is activated from the dentist’s display console menu. DIGITAL: Start the cycle from the menu options provided. The cycle begins by emptying the prechamber so that the FULL probe is not longer covered by water. The pistons for both tanks open simultaneously during this stage. After which the pistons close and emptying can take place if the FULL probe is uncovered. Drainage takes place through the bowl (solenoid valve 25). The latter is operated automatically by circuit board 97660420. - Drain tank S1 (59). During drainage, the tank is pressurized and the water drain valve stays open until the liquid falls below the low level probe. - Drain tank S2 (59). During drainage, the tank is pressurized and the water drain valve stays open until the fluid falls below the minimum level probe. - Use the 3-way solenoid valves (13) to relieve the pressure in the two tanks. - The two air cylinders (130) are opened simultaneously by the respective three-way solenoid valves (131) The air cylinders are opened a few seconds after the tanks have been “de-pressurized”. - After 5 seconds (i.e. the time required to drain the pre-filling chamber), the two air cylinders are closed again. 4

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) -

Check the low-level probes to see that they are fully immersed in the water (in case water has been found in the chamber) and make sure they are de-energized (no water found in the chamber). - In the first case, try draining the tanks again, as described above, making sure the water falls below the low-level probes. In the second case, this procedure is not required. - When the dental unit has completed its work cycle, the display will indicate that drainage is over. - The tanks will be refilled as soon as the dental unit is turned back on again. Drainage can be interrupted by pressing key “x” (F2) (otherwise press “x” the end of the work cycle rather than turning the system on/off). The tanks will be refilled when the cycle is interrupted. CHECKS TO BE MADE IN “WHE” SYSTEM (If the S.H.S. system is operative, shut it off with the relative key on the assistant’s board). - Make sure the jumpers on the cards are properly set; - Make certain tanks S1 and S2 are full: - remove the assistant and/or doctor syringe; - operate the spray for about 2 minutes; - make sure the two tanks are filled/emptied one after the other. - Check operation of the safety probes for the tanks (open the prechamber and pour in water until the probe level is reached). - Check how the tanks are emptied (see user’s or technical manual). - Check operation of the minimum pressure pressure switch; close the inlet air cock (if present) or shut off the compressor and make sure that the WHE system does not try to fill the tanks (they can be filled only when the pressure is over the minimum value) when the pressure is below 2 bar.

DIAGNOSTIC LED (“DIAG” - DL4 – orange) INDICATIONS FOR DISINFECTING CARD CODE 97660420: (LED DIAG always shows the last fault that has arisen. The number of flashes that identifies the fault is repeated continuously after pausing 1 second). NUMBER OF FLASHES

DESCRIPTION

1

Fault in CAN BUS (software).

Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

2

Internal fault (hardware) regarding data saving

Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

3 (Corresponds to f Internal fault (hardware) regarding the “Disinfecting unit fault” analog converter. displayed on the doctor’s console) 4

Hygien System

CHECKS TO BE MADE

No communication between CAN BUS and electrical box card code 97660576.

Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) - Make sure water enters the dental unit. - Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the Problems in filling tank S1. Signal active prechamber. when tank is not filled within set time (2 - Check the probes. min.). - Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 1 (Tank S1 eliminated as no water is opens. present or the STOP probe is active). (To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on). - Make sure any water that may have leaked out did not get the card wet. - Check the connections of the probes. 6 - Clean and replace the probes, if necessary. (Corresponds to fault Tank 1 level probes give different - Check red led DL3-ERR: message 55 displayed on the readings - if on, shut off the dental unit and then turn it doctor’s console) back on. - if it is still on, replace disinfecting card code 97660420. 5 (Corresponds to fault message “Hanging tank 1: water is absent”/“Hanging tank 1: STOP probe on” displayed on the doctor’s console)

7 (Corresponds to fault message “Hanging tank 2: water is absent”/“Hanging tank 2: STOP probe on” displayed on the doctor’s console)

- Make sure water enters the dental unit. - Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the Problems in filling tank S2. Signal active prechamber. when tank is not filled within set time (2 - Check the probes. min.). - Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 2 (Tank S2 eliminated as no water is opens. present or the STOP probe is active). (To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).

8 (Corresponds to fault Tank 2 level probes give different message 57 displayed on the readings doctor’s console)

9 (Corresponds to fault message “Drain WHE” displayed on the doctor’s console)

10 (Corresponds to fault message “Municipal water line interrupted” displayed on the doctor’s console)

6

Probe STOP of the prechamber covered with water at start up (All the solenoid valves in the WHE system shut down).

FULL probe for prechamber covered with water (prechamber completely covered). (All the solenoid valves in the WHE system and in the dental unit shut down)

- Make sure any water that may have leaked out did not get the card wet. - Check the connections of the probes. - Clean and replace the probes, if necessary. - Check red led DL3-ERR: - if on, shut off the dental unit and then turn it back on. - if it is still on, replace disinfecting card code 97660420. Water/hydrogen peroxide may have leaked inside the prechamber even when not being filled or with the dental unit shut off. - When the dental unit is turned on, verify if air is delivered: - restore air delivery to the dental unit; - empty the tanks (see user’s or technical manual) - Make sure no water leaks out of the water inlet valve in the prechamber or hydrogen peroxide dispensing solenoid valve. - If leaks are found, replace the valve. - Empty the tanks to exit the shutdown condition. Water/hydrogen peroxide may have leaked inside the prechamber even when not being filled or with the dental unit shut off. - Make sure no water leaks out of the water inlet valve in the prechamber or hydrogen peroxide dispensing solenoid valve. - If leaks are found, replace the valve. - Empty the tanks to exit the shutdown condition. Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) 11 (Corresponds to fault Calibration probe failure (fault inside message 61 displayed on the card). doctor’s console)

Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

12 (Corresponds to fault message “Problem H2O2 additive solenoid valve failure in adding hydrogen (H2O2 not delivered to prechamber). peroxide” displayed on the doctor’s console)

Check H2O2 solenoid valve (EV63).

13 Current limiter activated. (Corresponds to fault One of the W.H.E system solenoid message 63 displayed on the valves has either a short circuit or was doctor’s console) disconnected during operation.

-Check WHE system solenoid valves. - Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

15 (Corresponds to message “No pressure” shown on No pressure in pneumatic circuit.. Restore air supply to dental unit. the doctor’s display console) The air pressure swich (code 97734100) (The WHE tanks are automatically filled when shuts down the loading cycle for the the pressure in the circuits reaches 2 Bar). (Only for card code WHE tanks until pressure is restored. 97660420 rev. ≥ /B with firmware version ≥ 1.07) 16 (Only in the presence of module code 97660420 in rev. ≥ /C with firmware in vers. ≥ 2.0) Tank 1 filling error W.H.E. application (Tank 1 eliminated because the STOP (Corresponds to error 67 probe is active). or indication “Tank 1 suspended: STOP probe active” which appear on the dentist’s console display)

- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber. - Check the probes. - Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 1 opens. (To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).

17 (Only in the presence of module code 97660420 in rev. ≥ /C with firmware in vers. ≥ 2.0) Tank 2 filling error W.H.E. application (Tank 2 eliminated because the STOP (Corresponds to error 68 probe is active). or indication “Tank 2 suspended: STOP probe active” which appear on the dentist’s console display)

- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber. - Check the probes. - Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 2 opens. (To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).

Hygien System

7

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PROBE MAINTENANCE: WHE system probes require that the checks/maintenance operations listed below are carried out at least yearly: - make sure at least 5 mm of the the 4 short probes (MAX level in WHE tanks; prechamber STOP and FULL) are uncovered. On the contrary, uncover them. - make sure at least 8 mm of the long probes (MINIMUM level in WHE tanks) are uncovered. On the contrary, uncover them. - clean the probes with fine sand paper or isopropyl alcohol. WHE AIR PRESSURE SWITCH: A function (as of July 2006) has been added to card 97660420 in version ≥ /B that employs a pressure switch (code 97734100) to detect pressure in the air circuit. When no air pressure is present, the pressure switch shuts down and prevents the WHE tanks from being filled until the correct pressure has been restored. The WHE tanks are automatically filled once the pressure in the air circuit reaches 2 Bar. Message “no pressure” appears on the display screen to signal no air pressure is present. The pressure switch should be connected to connector KS3 of card code 97660420/B. If the pressure switch is not provided, place a jumper in connector KS3. The pressure switch can be installed only in dental units equipped with card code 97660420 in version ≥ /B that has the required connector.

8

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) NEW W.H.E. 2008 SYSTEM (FLOATING PROBES) – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (From: 07/2008) (the numbers given beside the parts that comprise the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic scheme) Separates water entering from the dental unit water ducts through 2 cm air gap separation to prevent municipal water contamination. In addition, automatic hygienization of the water supplied to the dental unit is achieved by adding a percentage (4cc) of H2O2 at 3% (10 volumes), which corresponds to a concentration of 600 ppm. The W.H.E. system feeds the sprays to all the instruments, syringes (doctor’s and assistant’s side), delivery of water to cup and the suction tube washing system (if present). The W.H.E. system DOES NOT supply water to the basin and quick-connect couplers (and hydraulic saliva ejector, available only for analog dental units). The system includes: - A hydrogen peroxide tank (60), 500cc capacity, shared with the BIOSTER system, if present. - Two pressurized tanks S1 and S2 (59) to supply spray to all the instruments, syringes (doctor’s and assistant’s side), delivery of water to cup and the suction tube washing system (tank capacity 250cc each). - A filling prechamber (129). - Two floating shutters to open the water passage from the prechamber to the two tanks and seal the tanks closed during delivery. - A water solenoid valve (61) to fill the two tanks. - Two air solenoid valves (13) to pressurize the two tanks. - A H2O2 solenoid valve (63) to add H2O2 to the water in the two tanks. - A pneumatic doser (115) to inject H2O2 in the tanks while they are being filled, triggered by solenoid valve (116) - Non.-return valves (75) to prevent air, water and H2O2 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits, shared with the BIOSTER system, if present. - Electronic card 97660672 that controls the system shared with the BIOSTER system, if present. - Interface card code xxxxxxxx for connecting solenoid valves and probes to the main card code 97660672. - Two level probes per tank: “MINIMUM” (MIN)-“MAXIMUM” (MAX). - Two level probes per prechamber: “STOP”-“FULL”. OPERATION - When the dental unit is turned on, the card checks the level in the tanks with the MIN and MAX probes and fills both, if necessary. - If both tanks are full when the dental unit is turned on, control card code 97660672 enables delivery from tank S1 by default or, if both are empty, of the tank which was filled first. DELIVERY - The W.H.E. system supplies the ducts using one tank at a time (it is possible to identify which tank is being used by observing Led indicators S1 and S2 on card code 97660672, see layout in technical manual). The selected tank is pressurized by solenoid valve (13), the floating element is closed and water outflow is enabled by the pressure in the tank to supply the dental unit water ducts. - While one tank is being used, the other can be filled or is already full and ready to replace the other one but NOT pressurized and the floating shutter is not closed as there is no pressure in the tank. - When the tank being used is empty, the floating minimum level probe “MIN” activates card code 97660672 that immediately pressurizes the full tank through solenoid valve (13). As a result, water is delivered to the instruments without being interrupted. To prevent air bubbles from forming while switching over from one tank to the other, the empty tank continues to deliver water for about one second from when the “MIN” probe was activated. Therefore, both tanks deliver for one second.

FILLING THE EMPTY TANK - The empty tank is depressurized by the 3-way solenoid valve (13). As a result, the floating shutter opens and drops as there is no pressure in the tank to open the water passage between the filling prechamber (129) and empty tank Hygien System

9

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) (59). - Water filling valve (61) opens –Led EV_H2O on disinfecting card code 97660672 lights up - H2O2 solenoid valve (63) is simultaneously activated –Led EV_ADD on disinfecting card code 97660672 lights up -. After valve H2O2 (63) opens, the pneumatic doser (115) is activated twice–Led EV_PUMP and Led EV_DOS on the disinfecting card light up - that pumps H2O2 in the tanks. After the pneumatic doser (115) has been activated twice, the H2O2 valve (63) closes. - It is possible to shut off H2O2 delivery to the tanks (see disinfecting card layout 97660672) at the doctor’s request. - Once the maximum level probe in the tank is reached, water filling solenoid valve (61)closes –Led EV_H2O on disinfecting card code 97660672 shuts off-. - Tank pressurization through the 3-way solenoid valve (13) takes place only when the one being used is empty. Water delivery in the prechamber is controlled by 2 probes: - A “STOP” probe - A “FULL” probe The “STOP” probe (placed in an intermediate level in the filling prechamber), comes into action when the water level in the prechamber is too high that occurs for example, when the water flow rate is too high therefore it is not able to flow in the tank being filled or a floating shutter is not completely opened. As soon as the water reaches the “STOP” probe, disinfecting card code 97660672 shuts down filling solenoid valve (61). The water dropping down in the tank frees the “STOP” probe. Two seconds after the probe is deactivated, filling solenoid valve (61) opens again to continue filling. Filling therefore takes place intermittently however no faults are signaled as machine operation is not compromised. Under normal WHE work conditions and when the pressure in the water circuit is correct (2.5Bar) the “STOP” probe never comes into action.

IF THE WATER LEVEL IN THE PRECHAMBER REACHES THE “STOP” PROBE WHILE ONE OF THE 2 TANKS IS BEING FILLED, THE WHE SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN AFTER TWO SECONDS. FAULT MESSAGE “S1/S2 SUSPENDED : STOP PROBE ON” IS DISPLAYED. THE OTHER TANK CONTINUES WORKING PROPERLY. THE RED “ERR” LED INDICATOR ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672 LIGHTS UP. The WHE system continuously tries to restore correct operation after a fault: therefore if the STOP probe does not signal water is present the system restarts and tries to fill the suspended tank. In order to try to fix the W.H.E. system you can try to empty the tanks. If the S.H.S. system is present, disinfecting card 97660672 can be reset : when the S.H.S. system is turned on and off all the faults from the disinfecting card are reset and it then restarts as if it was turned on for the first time and tries to fill the tanks again. The “FULL” probe is a safety device and comes into action when the water level in the filling prechamber is too high, if the problem was not solved with the “STOP” probe (e.g. filling solenoid valve open). As soon as the water reaches the “FULL” probe the W.H.E. system shuts down and the main air solenoid valve in the utility service center is shut down closing the water inlet. MESSAGE “MAINS WATER INTERRUPTED” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY RED LED INDICATOR “ERR” LIGHTS UP ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672 To fix the W.H.E. system, empty the tanks WHICH IS THE ONLY COMMAND ACCEPTED (see EMPTYING THE TANKS). Under some conditions, emptying the tanks may not solve the problem: in these cases, eliminate the water from the prechamber in another way, for example by sucking it out. In the event of “FULL” probe failure, the water level in the prechamber will continue to rise. The safety standard requires that in any case, the minimum air gap of 2 cm is assured. As a result, the prechamber has an opening that allows the extra water to flow out (OVERFLOW) and a hose conveys it to the front of the utility service center. Control card code 97660672 also controls the maximum filling time. 10

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) When water starts entering the prechamber (129), the card sets aside 2 minutes to reach the maximum level probe in the tank (59) being filled. If the maximum level probe did not get wet after 2 minutes, the card in any case stops filling (TIMEOUT) and prevents the faulty tank from working. At this point, the W.H.E. system works only with the other tank (this may happen if for example the dental unit is turned on with an empty tank and the main water cock in the office is closed, the tank that needs to be filled switches over to TIMEOUT and is eliminated). - FAULT MESSAGE TANK 1” or “TANK 2 SUSPENDED” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY - RED LED INDICATOR “ERR” LIGHTS UP ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672

EMPTYING THE W.H.E. SYSTEM TANKS AND PRECHAMBER It is started from the respective menu on the doctor’s console. Once started, a screen is displayed. The cross icon in the top right hand corner indicates the dental unit is blocked. If emptying takes place under normal work conditions (for example before the dental unit is to remain inoperative for an extended period) one tank at a time is emptied as the tank that is not delivering is NOT under pressure. The next tank is pressurized only after the tank delivering has been emptied. IMPORTANT : ONCE THE EMPTYING PROCEDURE HAS BEEN COMPLETED, BOTH TANKS REMAIN PRESSURIZED. Message “YOU CAN SHUT OFF THE SYSTEM” is displayed. Once the dental unit is turned back on, the W.H.E. will fill the tanks and start working normally.

Hygien System

11

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SHS SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram) -

The system is used to feed water to all the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist and dental assistant’s sides), the cup filler and the suction tube flushing system.

The system consists of: - 1.8-liter capacity distilled/sanitized water tank (18) - WHITE-colored - Bypass solenoid valve (50) fitted with a non-return valve (75). (ONLY WITH WHE SYSTEM NOT INSTALLED: in this case, the solenoid valve (50) is used in conjunction with the BIOSTER system – if provided – to control water flow during the flushing operations). - Solenoid valve (13) for pressurizing/depressurizing the tank by using the micro-switch located beneath the hydrogroup assembly. The 3-way solenoid valve (13) eliminates pressure in the tank while de-pressurization is being performed. - Non return valves (75) for preventing air and water from accidentally mixing in the circuits. OPERATION: With the system activated (Dental Assistant Board Bypass Led ON), the water to be delivered to the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s and dental assistant’s sides), the cup filler and suction tube flushing system is drawn from the tank (18). The system is by-passed by pressing the key on the dental assistant’s instrument board (the Green Bypass Led must be OFF). Draw water from the main or the WHE system (if installed). In the latter case, the pressurization solenoid valve (13) stays off so that the tank can be automatically de-pressurized. IN ORDER NOT TO USE TOO MUCH WATER, WE SUGGEST FLUSHING THE SUCTION TUBES WITH THE TANK “CUT-OFF”. TO DO THIS, PRESS THE KEY ON THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE (THE GREEN BYPASS LED MUST BE OFF).

12

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS) (The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram) -

The system is used to automatically flush the suction tubes.

The system consists of: - 150-cc disinfectant fluid tank (112). WARNING: USE A DISINFECTANT FLUID HAVING THE RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE SUCTION SYSTEM INSTALLED. - Flushing water solenoid valve (105). - Disinfectant fluid solenoid valve (43). - Two Venturi tubes (82) for connecting the suction tubes. - Two vacuum sensors (107) for starting the work cycle (mounted on circuit board 97660438). OPERA TION: The flushing cycle, which consists of two separate stages, is controlled by the main hydro-group circuit board, 97660583. The latter receives the start signals from the vacuum sensors (107). The cycle lasts 70 seconds. Disconnect the suction tubes and attach them to the respective Venturi tubes (82), which are located on the front of the hydro-group. The two sensors (107) measure the vacuum created by suction and start the flushing cycle. An icon appears on the display to indicate Cycle Start (refer to paragraph 7.5 in the user’s manual). FLUSHING: water is delivered at regular time intervals for 50 seconds (solenoid valve 105); (2 seconds ON; 2 seconds OFF). With the WHE system installed, the flushing water is drawn from the system itself (if provided). Water is drawn from the municipal water main when the WHE system is not installed. With the SHS system installed, the water in the tank can be used for the flushing operations. IN ORDER NOT TO USE TOO MUCH WATER, WE SUGGEST FLUSHING THE SUCTION TUBES WITH THE TANK “CUT-OFF”. TO DO THIS, PRESS THE KEY ON THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE (THE GREEN BYPASS LED MUST BE OFF). FLUID SUCTION: After 50-second flushing, the water supply is shut off (solenoid valve 105) and the fluid is automatically drawn from the tank (112) through the solenoid valve (43) for 3 seconds. DRYING: The solenoid valve (43) stops fluid suction. Suction goes on for another 10 seconds to prevent fluid dripping from the Venturi tubes when the suction tubes are put back into place. Suction stops automatically at the end of cycle. To resume work, simply put the suction tubes back onto the dental assistant’s instrument board. AUTOMATIC SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING DURING BOISTER SYSTEM OPERATION: With a BOISTER system installed, the suction tubes are flushed during the disinfection cycle. During the BIOSTER cycle, the system first delivers H2O2 (in a 3% proportion) into the flushing water conduits up to the Venturi tube inlets (82). Once the BIOSTER cycle has been completed, the suction tubes are normally cleaned by performing the 3 stages above: FLUSHING – FLUID SUCTION – DRYING. REFER TO THE “BIOSTER SYSTEM “ MANUAL FOR A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS AND THE SUCTION TUBE CLEANING PROCEDURES.

Hygien System

13

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) BIOSTER SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS NOTE: The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagrams. -

The system has been designed to automatically disinfect the water piping that leads to the instrument sprays, the cup filler, the suction tube flushing system conduits up to the Venturi tube inlets. The system uses hydrogen peroxide (10 Volumes) in a 3% proportion.

The system consists of: - 500-cc hydrogen peroxide tank (60) that is shared with the WHE system (if installed). - Dispenser (115) for delivering hydrogen peroxide through the piping. - Air solenoid valve (116) for operating the dispenser. - Air solenoid valve (45) for draining the piping. - “Volume-metering” sensor (106) for monitoring H2O2 flow-rate during the filling procedures. - Non-return valves (75) for preventing air, water and H2O2 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits; shared with the WHE system (in installed). - Pressure switch (56) for detecting the presence of air and water during drainage and flushing respectively. - Two solenoid valves (35) for feeding water to the syringes (dentist and dental assistant’s sides). - Safety solenoid valve (122) for keeping H2O2 out of the circuit when the disinfection system has not been started (The H2O2 tank is located above the dispenser and, as a result, H2O2 could not be gravity fed into the water lines without this valve). Solenoid valve (122) stays open throughout the H2O2 filling stages). - Flushing solenoid valve (50) fitted with non-return valve (75). WARNING - ONLY WITH THE “WHE” SYSTEM NOT INSTALLED: When the WHE system is not installed, the solenoid valve (50) is used in conjunction with the SHS system (if provided) so that the tank can be bypassed. - Control circuit board (97660420) that is shared with the WHE system (if installed). OPERATION: Before starting the cycle, fully open the spray water cocks at the bottom of instrument board. If the “Low-Level” icon of either tank appears on the display, this means that the BIOSTER cycle cannot start. If the icon comes on when the cycle is progress, the latter will continues until completed. The tank should then be refilled before starting a new cycle. BIOSTER cycle is activated using the menu options that are shown on the dentist’s display console. Press the BIO key on the dental assistant’s instrument board for a few seconds to speed up the operation. The respective LED starts flashing quickly while the display indicates that disinfection is in progress. The indication stays on throughout the entire disinfection cycle. Set the length of time the hydrogen peroxide is to remain in the system. Remove the instruments to be disinfected (a message appears on the display) and the cup (cup filler control – BC appears on the display); disconnect the suction tubes and attach them to the respective Venturi tubes (82). To begin the cycle, press the Start key on the dentist’s console or the BIO key on the dental assistant’s instrument board. The respective LED emits a STEADY LIGHT and stays on as long as the cycle is executed. NOT ALL THE INSTRUMENTS, CUP FILLERS AND THE SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM ARE BE DISINFECTED. SIMPLY ACTIVATE A SINGLE DEVICE TO START THE DISINFECTION CYCLE. FROM THIS TIME ON, THE DENTAL UNIT CANNOT BE USED AS LONG AS DIFINFECTION IS BEING EXECUTED OPERATION: The disinfection cycle consists of 5 stages that are automatically performed in a predetermined sequence: During the cycle stages, the instruments are treated one at a time by opening the water flow control solenoids in the

14

Hygien System

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) order given (solenoid valves 35 for the syringes, 36 for the dynamic instruments, 25 for the cup filler, 105 for the suction tube flushing system). The sequence is indicated on the display, from left to right: Dentist’s syringe (S1) – instrument in position A – B – C – D – Dental assistant’s syringe (S2) – Suction tube flushing system (CA) – Cup filler (BC). The display indicates the instrument being treated showing an arrow above the respective visual signal. BEFORE STARTING THE DISINFETION CYCLE, THE SYSTEM CHECKS THE PRESSURE SWITCH (56) FOR PROPER FUNCTIONING LEAVING THE WATER TO FLOW OVER THE CUP FOR A FEW SECONDS (EVEN IF THE LATTER HAS NOT BEEN PROGRAMMED FOR THE DISINFECTION CYCLE) -

DRAINING THE WATER CONDUITS: - The solenoid valve (45) delivers air to the water lines until instrument cords are completely drained. If the cup filler conduits and the suction tube flushing system are not drained this means that the suction system is not working. - If no air is present, the pressure switch (56) stops the work cycle (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 7.5 BAR)

-

FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH H2O2: - The safety valve (122) stays open while H2O2 is being fed. - The solenoid valve (116) delivers air intermittently to the dispenser (115) until the instrument conduits, the suction tube flushing system and cup filler conduits are completely filled (the suction system goes on running even during the filling operations). - If no H2O2 is being fed, the sensor (106) will stop the cycle. The operating state of the sensor can be checked by looking at the LED on circuit board 976604420 (see layout). THE SENSOR NORMALLY MONITORS THE FLOW OF H2O2 THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE FILLING STAGE. THE SENSOR HOWEVER CANNOT DETECT H2O2 DURING THE LAST SHOTS DELIVERED FROM EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. AS A RESULT, THE BIOSTER CYCLE IS STOPPED. The number of shots needed to fill the circuits (one shot corresponds to 1.4 cc) is as follows: - Between the connection box and the hydro-group: 26 shots. - Between the hydro-group and the dentist’s instrument board: 12 shots. - Every single instrument activated from the dentist’s instrument board (syringe included): 7 shots. - Suction tube flushing system: 10 shots. - Cup filler conduits: 30 shots (with a heater installed), 15 shots (without heater).

-

TIMER: - The display counts down the length of time previously set (6 MINUTES MINIMUM).

-

DRAINING H2O2 OUT OF THE CONDUITS: - The solenoid valve (45) delivers air into the water lines so as to completely drain the instrument cords. If the cup filler conduits and the suction tube flushing system are not drained, this means that the suction system is off. - With no air present, the pressure switch (56) stops the cycle in progress (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 0.7 BAR).

-

FLUSHING: - The dental units flushes the conduits drawing water from the municipal water main (solenoid valve 50 – ONLY IF THE “WHE” SYSTEN IS NOT INSTALLED), using the water coming from the WHE system (if provided) or distilled water (if the application is provided for; the Green Bypass Led on the dental assistant’s board comes ON). Flushing is performed throughout the instrument conduits, the suction tube flushing system (the suction system stays on during flushing) and the cup filler conduits. - If there is no water, the pressure switch (56) stops the cycle in progress (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 0.7 BAR).

Once the BIOSTER cycle stages have been completed, “cycle ended” appears on the display – put the instruments back into place. If Suction Tube Flushing has been selected for the Bioster cycle, the suction tubes are automatically flushed before message “cycle ended - put instruments back” appears. The cycle consists of three cycle stages: FLUSHING – LIQUID SUCTION – DRYING. When the suction tubes have been flushed, message “cycle ended – put instruments back” appears on the display. Hygien System

15

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) The LED built into the BIO key on the dental assistant’s board flashes slowly. - Put the instruments back. The LED built into the BIO key on the dental assistant’s board goes off and message “Disinfection Cycle in Progress” on the display disappears - Put the suction tubes back onto the dental assistant’s board (if selected). The dental unit is now ready for use.

CLEARING FAULTS DURING THE BIOSTER DISINFECTION CYCLE: Disinfection can be interrupted at any time throughout the cycle. Errors may also occur causing the dental unit to stop working. To bring the dental unit back into operation, complete disinfection or resume the cycle from the beginning. It is however advisable to drain the conduits as they may be full of hydrogen peroxide. With the dental unit shut off, the display shows an intermediate item menu indicating the set time and the instruments removed. At this point, the dentist can: 1 – Press key F1 to go back to the initial Time Setting Menu. The cycle can be restarted changing the H2O2 process time or adding the instruments to be disinfected. (IN THIS CASE, THE NUMBER OF THE INSTRUMENTS CAN BE ADDED NOT REDUCED). 2 – Press key F2 (Start) to resume disinfection from the point where it has been interrupted (the stage is resumed from the beginning). 3 – Press the MODE key to access the Instrument Flushing menu options. In this case, the conduits are flushed and drained. To start flushing, press key F2 (Start) THE SERVICE PERSONNEL CAN OPT FOR A QUICK PROCEDURE (not described in the User’s Manual) WHEN “INSTRUMENT FLUSHING” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY. PRESS THE “MICROMOTOR REVERSE” AND “OPTICAL FIBERS ON” KEYS RESPECTIVELY RATHER THAN PRESS THE START KEY TO PERFORM THE DRAINAGE AND FLUSHING CYCLE. The dental unit is ready for use as soon as disinfection has been completed. WARNING: IF THERE IS SOME H202 LEFT IN THE CONDUITS, WASH THE CORDS IN MANUAL MODE USING THE FOOT CONTROL PROVIDED AND FLUSH THE CUP FILLER WATER LINES BY REPEATEDLY STRIKING THE FILLER KEY.

16

Hygien System

WHE 2008

NEW 2008 SYSTEM ONLY FOR 2007 UNITS GENERATION (manufactured from 1° of october 2007)

OLD SYSTEM 2007 UNITS GENERATION

OVERALL VIEW

OUTPUT S2

H2O INPUT

S2 “MIN” PROB

S2 “MAX” PROB H2O2 INPUT S2 N/R VALVE

INTERFACE BOARD

S1 PRESSURE VALVE OUTPUT S1

S1 “MIN” PROB

S1 N/R VALVE S1 “MAX” PROB

S2 PRESSURE VALVE

FILLING VALVE

NEW FILLING VALVE (61) cod.97720149

TANKS AIR PRESSURE VALVE (13)

NEW NO RETURN VALVES GROUP (75) cod.97461230 NEW VERSION

OLD VERSION

TO THE UNIT

FOR W.H.E. SYSTEM

FOR BIOSTER SYSTEM

FOR DISTILLED WATER TANK SYSTEM

NEW TANKS WATER LEVEL FLOATING PROBS

S1 MAX PROB

S1 MIN PROB

TANK S2

TANK S1

S2 MAX PROB

S2 MIN PROB

NEW FILLING CHAMBER SAFETY PROBS

“STOP” PROB

H2O OVERFLOW OUTPUT

“FULL” PROB

NEW HYGENE CONTROL BOARD cod.97660672

NEW H2O2 TANK NEW SOLUTION WITH FLOATING PROB

H2O2 PNEUMATIC DOSER For put H2O2 in always constant quantity, since in the old version was quite inaccurate because was falling in the tanks just for gravity, has been chosed a pneumatic doser in common with the Bioster application (if present). In this way, a constant input of H2O2 is granted by the suction and pushing of the membrane inside the pneumatic doser.

WITHOUT BIOSTER

WITH BIOSTER

-Only pneumatic doser valve -Pneumatic doser valve+Bioster dranaige valve -Volumetric sensor

HIDROPNEUMATIC SCHEME

H2O2 tank Filling valve Pneumatic doser WHE H2O2

S1 pressure

Interception

valve

valve

S2 pressure

Filling chamber

valve S1

Volumetric

S2

sensor

No return valves

TO THE UNIT

Bioster H2O2

Dranaige valve

Interception valve

for Bioster

Pneumatic Doser valve

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) DISINFECTION BIOSTER Cup filling

Distilled water tank (18)

H2O2 tank (60)

EV 35 (Syringe of the assistent’s table side)

EV 25

Heater (26) EV 105

EV (116) dispenser H2O2 safety EV (122)

Air/water distributor

EV (45) drainage Dispenser (115)

Pressostato (56)

Air inlet 3 Bar

EV 36 MA

Input tank 2 (59) only with WHE Input tank 1 (59) only with WHE Water Hydrogen peroxide (3%) Distilled water Air

EV 35 MS Syringe

VNR valve group(75)

EV 36 MB EV 36 MC EV 36 MD

Suction tubes

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

CONTENTS

- OPERATION OF CARD 91102829 TO CHECK THE FLAT CABLE CONTACTS ....................................... 2 - PRESSURE GAUGE (CODE 91104498) FOR CHECKING AIR/WATER PRESSURES ............................. 4

Special tools

1

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) OPERATION OF CARD 91102829 TO CHECK THE FLAT CABLE CONTACTS This card should be used whenever the flat cable contacts present in the dental units need to be checked. This procedure is suitable and should be carried out only for this type of cable. First of all disconnect the connector of the cable to be checked and connect it on the side of the card at the connector that is the same size (A) – fig. 1. Another connector (same size) is provided on the other side of the card where another cable (B)is present. Connect the end of the latter to the connector of the card previously disconnected – fig. 2. At this point, use a tester to measure the voltages present between the PINS that correspond to the cable wires – fig. 2. This procedure should be carried out for each cable and connector. Check only one cable at a time.

Fig. 1

Cable to be inserted in connected card (B)

2

Cable to be checked. (A)

Special tools

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

Fig. 2

Connect to 0V E.g; pin. 1 to M1 of card 97660576.

Special tools

3

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) PRESSURE GAUGE (CODE 91104498) FOR CHECKING AIR/WATER PRESSURES. A) Checking HIGH AIR PRESSURE / WATER PRESSURE in the connections box Checked HIGH PRESSURE AIR is used for: - Micromotor cooling. - Turbine drive. The checked WATER is that fed into the unit. (Before installing the unit check that water pressure does not exceed 5 Bar). - Remove the elbow fitting (b) from the unit (a) and use item (c) only.

Fig. 1

a

Fig. 2

b

c

- Close unit air/water infeed taps and release pressure from pipes.

4

Special tools

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)

Fig. 3 m g

d

e

f

- Insert the gauge (c) in the 1/8” connector for high pressure air or (d) or water (e). - Re-open the air/water infeed taps, make sure the compressor is on. The correct pressure readings should be: - High pressure air: 6 (± 0.2) Bar. - Water: 2.5 (± 0.2) Bar. If incorrect pressure is detected act on the pressure reducers (f , g) to restore correct levels. The high pressure air check is used to detect any air leaks and establish whether the compressor is properly proportioned for unit air consumption. After fitting the reducer use an instrument (Turbine) and check, when the compressor is loaded, that the pressure shown on the gauge does NOT fall. If the pressure falls the compressor is NOT proportioned properly. B) Checking LOW AIR PRESSURE / WATER PRESSURE on the instrument’s table LOW PRESSURE air is used to operate: - Dynamic instrument sprays. - Chip air. - EMS scalar optic fibre cooling - (where applicable). - Pneumatic brake on arm – (Optional, depending on model). - the DE-COUPLER (tank selection and pressurisation) – (Optional, depending on model). - the BIOSTER system (pneumatic doser and duct drainage) - (Optional, depending on model) - the SDS system (pressurisation of tank with special in-series gauge to reduce pressure to 1.8 Bar) – (where applicable). - the cuspidor bowl drainage Durr valve – (where applicable). Given the extensive use of air at 3 Bar, do not attempt to adjust the factory-established pressure reducer setting (m).

Special tools

5

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007) The checked WATER is that in the water pipes. Use the complete gauge unit (a). Fig. 4

a

- Check that unit and compressor are on and that air/water infeed taps are open. - Extract the syringe on the instrument’s table and insert the spout of the same in the elbow fitting of the gauge (at point “h”). Make sure the O-rings inside the elbow fitting (at point “h”) provide a good seal on the syringe spout. - Act on the relevant water/air key via the syringe grip. PRECAUTION. In the case of a 6-way syringe it will first be necessary to act on the switch (i) and switch off the syringe air/water heater. Fig. 5

To obtain correct low water/air pressure inside the unit, the gauge (a) should read as follows: - AIR pressure value: 2.8 (± 0.2) Bar. - WATER pressure value (with mains water): Approx. 2.3 (± 0.2) Bar. - WATER pressure value (with water from SDS tank): Approx. 1.6 (± 0.2) Bar. After a pressure check (e.g. AIR), separate the gauge to release pressure before carrying out the other check (e.g. WATER). 6

Special tools

DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT BOARD (T) 97040525 WIRING DIAGRAM : ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT TABLE 97040522 WIRING DIAGRAM : ID CAM 97040524 WIRING DIAGRAM : SYRINGE 97040526 WIRING DIAGRAM : T LED CURING LIGHT

HYDRO GROUP (H) 97040527 WIRING DIAGRAM : OPERATING LAMP 97040528 WIRING DIAGRAM : MONITOR 2007 97040529 WIRING DIAGRAM : WORKSTATION 2007

HYDRO GROUP (H) 97040489 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING 97040536 WIRING DIAGRAM : WET RING SUCTION 97040537 WIRING DIAGRAM : CATTANI SUCTION SYSTEM 97040538 WIRING DIAGRAM : METASYS SUCTION SYSTEM 97040539 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR CAS1 SUCTION SYSTEM 97040540 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR SPITTOON BOWL VALVE 97040541 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR CS1 SUCTION SYSTEM 97040542 WIRING DIAGRAM: SYSTEM WITH DISTILLED WATER 97040543 WIRING DIAGRAM: HYDROGEN PEROXIDE RESERVE 97040544 WIRING DIAGRAM: SUCTION TUBE STERILIZATION 97040581 WIRING DIAGRAM: BACINELLA MOTORIZZATA

HYDRO-PNEUMATIC DIAGRAMS DENTAL UNIT 97040566 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING CONTINENTAL/INTERNATIONAL 97041123 HYDROPNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC WITH W.H.E. 97041118 HYDROPNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC WITHOUT W.H.E.

97041099 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR SPITTOON BOWL VALVE 97041100 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : METASYS SUCTION SYSTEM 97041101 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR SUCTION SYSTEM 97041112 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR CS1 SUCTION SYSTEM

A7+ A9

INSTRUMENT BOARD (E) DENTAL CHAIR (PL) 97040580 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING DENTAL CHAIR

97040567 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING 97040545 WIRING DIAGRAM: SYRINGE 97040546 WIRING DIAGRAM: TURBINE 97040547 WIRING DIAGRAM: MICROMOTOR MC2-MC3 97040548 WIRING DIAGRAM: MICROMOTOR MX

FOOT CONTROL (F)

97040549 WIRING DIAGRAM: EMS SCALER WITH O.F.

97040531 WIRING DIAGRAM: PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL

97040554 WIRING DIAGRAM: EMS SCALER 97040550 WIRING DIAGRAM: SATELEC SCALER 97040551 WIRING DIAGRAM: T LED CURING LIGHT

FOOT CONTROL (F) 97040530 WIRING DIAGRAM: MULTIFUNCTION FOOT CONTROL

BOX FOR CONNECTIONS (A) 97040570 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING 97040532 WIRING DIAGRAM: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF SUCT. SYST. MOTOR 97040533 WIRING DIAGRAM: APPL. PRESA ESTERNA 97040534 WIRING DIAGRAM: W.H.E. SYSTEM APPLICATION 97040535 WIRING DIAGRAM: BIOSTER APPLICATION

97040589 WIRING DIAGRAM: ID CAM 97040585 WIRING DIAGRAM: CONTINENTAL DOCTOR’S CONSOLE 97040586 WIRING DIAGRAM: INTERNATIONAL DOCTOR’S CONSOLE

MOD. 431 rev. 1 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

97040459

Indice dello schema elettrico: Venus Plus TML-CL Elettric wiring index: Venus Plus TML-CL Liste du schema electrique: Venus Plus TML-CL Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Venus Plus TML-CL Indice del esquema electrico: Venus Plus TML-CL POS.

ITALIANO

ENGLISH

97750111 Trasformatore 150VA

Transformer

97660509 Scheda alim.lampada TML

Card, lamp power supply

F1Fusibile 5x20 T 4 A F2Fusibile 5x20 T 6.3 A DL2SPIA 18Vac

FRANÇAIS

Fuse 5x20 T 4 A Fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A

Transformateur Carte d’alimentation de la lampe Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 6.3 A

18Vac light

Voyant 18Vac

K3Alimentazione, selettore Power supply, selector tensione 97660429 Scheda potenziometro Card Potentiometer, 97660594 Scheda lampada Venus Plus Card, lamp Venus Plus 97660841

REV.

1 DEUTSCH

Carte Potentiomètre

Transformator Karte zur Stromversorgung der Lampe Sicherung 5x20 T 4 A Sicherung 5x20 T 6.3 A Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 18Vac Stromversorgung, wahlschaltern Karte Potentiometer für

Carte lampe Venus Plus

Karte Lampe Venus Plus

Alimentation, sélecteurs

PAGINA

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

Transformador Ficha alimentadora luz Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 6.3 A Testigo 18Vac Alimentación, selectores Ficha Potenciómetro Ficha luz Venus Plus

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. T

97660697

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA ASSISTENTE Scheda base tavoletta assistente I.1 Microswitch supporto strumento

H

97660555 97660583 A

97660616

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda controllo telecamera Scheda base idrico GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda alimentazionee controllo

Indice dello schema elettrico: Electric wiring index: Liste du schéma électrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema eléctrico: ENGLISH DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT BOARD

C-U2 CAM (Tavoletta assistente) C-U2 CAM (Dental assistant's instrument board) C-U2 CAM (la tablette de l'assistant) C-U2 CAM (Platte für die Helferin) C-U2 CAM (Mesa asistente) FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH TABLETTE DE L’ASSISTANT

PLATTE FÜR DIE HELFERIN

97040522 REV.

PAGINA

2

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL MESITA ASISTENTE

Card, base of dental assistant's instrument Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin board Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Ficha base mesita asistente

HYDRO-GROUP Card, camera control Card, base of hydro-group GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, power supply and controls

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha control Camera Ficha base grupo hidrico GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha alimentación y mandos

GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT Carte de contrôle camera Karte der kontrolle des Camera Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen

Micro soporte instrumento

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. T

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA ASSISTENTE

97660697

Scheda base tavoletta assistente

FC_SIRI Microswitch supporto strumento

H

97660583

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 35 EV acqua siringa

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Siringa (tavoletta assistente) Syringe (dental assistant’s instrument board) Seringue (la tablette de l’assistant) Spritze (Platte fur die Helferin) Jeringa (Mesa asistente) FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH

97040524 REV.

PAGINA

1

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT TABLETTE DE L’ASSISTANT PLATTE FÜR DIE HELFERIN BOARD Card, Base of dental assistant's instrument Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin board Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Micro soporte instrumento

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico EV agua jeringa

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique EV eau à la seringue

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze

MESITA ASISTENTE Ficha base mesita asistente

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

T

TAVOLETTA ASSISTENTE

97660697

Scheda base tavoletta assistente

DL1 Led diagnostica DL2 Led attività TX CAN BUS DL3 Led errore CAN BUS DL4 Spia 12 VDC J1 OFF: T LED J2 Uso riservato (OFF) J3 Uso riservato (OFF) J4 Uso riservato (OFF) FC1-T LED Microswitch supporto strumento FC-CAM Microswitch supporto strumento FC-SIRI Microswitch supporto strumento

H

97660583

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Tavoletta assistente Assistant board Tablette de l’assistant Platte fur die Helferin Mesita asistente FRANÇAIS

97040525 REV.

PAGINA

2

NR. DI

DEUTSCH

ESPAÑOL

PLATTE FÜR DIE HELFERIN

MESITA ASISTENTE

DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT BOARD Card, Base of dental assistant's instrument board Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS 12 VDC light OFF: T LED Private use (OFF) Private use (OFF) Private use (OFF) Microswitch, Instrument mount Microswitch, Instrument mount Microswitch, Instrument mount

Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin

Tarjeta base mesita asistente

Led, diagnostique Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Voyant 12 VDC OFF: T LED Usage réservé (OFF) Usage réservé (OFF) Usage réservé (OFF) Interrupteur support de l’instrument Interrupteur support de l’instrument Interrupteur support de l’instrument

Led für diagnostik Led für diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led für diagnostik CAN BUS Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC OFF: T LED Privatgebrauch (OFF) Privatgebrauch (OFF) Privatgebrauch (OFF) Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Led, diagnóstica Led, diagnóstica TX CAN BUS Led, diagnóstica CAN BUS Testigo 12 VDC OFF: T LED Uso privado (OFF) Uso privado (OFF) Uso privado (OFF) Micro soporte instrumento Micro soporte instrumento Micro soporte instrumento

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico

TABLETTE DE L’ASSISTANT

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

Descrizione :

POS. T

97660697

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA ASSISTENTE Scheda base tavoletta assistente

FC-TLED Microswitch supporto strumento

Indice dello schema elettrico: Lampada polimerizzante T LED(Tavoletta Assistente) Elettric wiring index: Curing Light T LED (Dental Assistant’s instrument) Liste du schema electrique: Lampe de polymerisation T LED (Tablette de l’assistant) Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Polymerisationslampe T LED (Platte fur die helferim) Indice del esquema electrico: Lampara de polilerizacion T LED (Mesita asistente) ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT TABLETTE DE L’ASSISTANT PLATTE FÜR DIE HELFERIN BOARD Card, base of dental assistant's instrument Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin board Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

CODICE

97040526 REV.

PAGINA

1

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL MESITA ASISTENTE Ficha base mesita asistente Micro soporte instrumento

1 1

MOD. 431 rev. 1 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: POS. A 97660576 97660773

ITALIANO GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

ENGLISH GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

Applicazione lampada scialitica “VENUS PLUS” Shadowless lamp “VENUS PLUS” Lampe scialytique “VENUS PLUS” Operationslampe “VENUS PLUS” Lámpara cialítica “VENUS PLUS” FRANÇAIS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT

DEUTSCH ANSCHLUßKASTEN

97040527 REV.

PAGINA

2

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL GRUPO CONEXIONES

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Card, Auxiliary connections Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares Ficha conexiones auxiliares

97660594 97660841

Scheda lampada “Venus Plus”

Card, shadowless lamp “Venus Plus”

Carte, lampe scialytique “Venus Plus”

Karte, operationslampe “Venus Plus”

Ficha, lámpara cialítica “Venus Plus”

97660429

Scheda potenziometro

Card, potentiometer

Carte, potentiomètre

Karte, potentiometer

Ficha, potenciómetro

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Electric wiring index: Liste du schéma électrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Indice del esquema eléctrico: POS. A

ITALIANO

ENGLISH

Applicazione MONITOR MONITOR gruop Montage du MONITOR Einbau MONITOR Aplicacion MONITOR FRANÇAIS

97040528 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. 1 DI 1

ESPAÑOL

97660616

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda alimentazionee controllo

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, power supply and controls

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha alimentación y mandos

97660576

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

GRUPPO IDRICO Gruppo Monitor

HYDRO-GROUP Group Monitor

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Groupe Monitor

WASSEREINHEIT Netzteileinheit des Monitor

GRUPO HÍDRICO Grupo Monitor

H

91104299

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Electric wiring index: Liste du schéma électrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Indice del esquema eléctrico: POS. A

ITALIANO

ENGLISH

Applicazione WORKSTATION WORKSTATION gruop Montage du WORKSTATION Einbau WORKSTATION Aplicacion WORSTATION FRANÇAIS

97040529 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. 1 DI 1

ESPAÑOL

97660616

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda alimentazione e controllo

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, power supply and controls

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha alimentación y mandos

97660576

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

GRUPPO IDRICO Gruppo Workstation

HYDRO-GROUP Group, Workstation

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Groupe Workstation

WASSEREINHEIT Netzteileinheit des Workstation

GRUPO HÍDRICO Grupo Workstation

H

91104399

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. F

97660442

97660478

A

97660576

ITALIANO COMANDO A PIEDE

Scheda generale comando a piede J1 Jumper, uso riservato J2 OFF: Multifunzione DL1 Spia 12 VDC DL2 Led, diagnostica DL3 Led, errore CAN BUS DL4 Led, attività TX CAN BUS DL5 Led, errore Scheda comandi poltrona

Descrizione:

CODICE

Indice dello schema elettrico: Comando piede standard Electric wiring index: Dental unit standard foot control Liste du schema electrique: Commande a pedale de l’unit (modèlè standard) Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Pedalsteverung der behandlunoseinheit Indice del esquema electrico: Accionamiento de pedal (modelo standard)

REV.

ENGLISH FOOT CONTROL

DEUTSCH PEDALSTEUERUNG

Carte générale commande à pédale Pont, usage réservé OFF: modèlè standard Voyant 12 VDC. Led, diagnostique Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, erreur

Dental chair control card

Carte commandes du fauteuil Karte Steuerungen des Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la montée Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt des du fauteuil Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la descente Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt des du fauteuil Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la montée Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt der du dossier Rückenlehne Micro-contact pour commander la descente Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt der du dossier Rückenlehne Bouton du commande chip Taste zur chip steuerung Bouton du commande d'évacuation Taste zur steuerung zur entleerung

Microswitch, Dental chair up

D.S. Microswitch comando discesa poltrona

Microswitch, Dental chair down

S.SC. Microswitch comando salita schienale

Microswitch, Backrest up

D.SC. Microswitch comando discesa schienale

Microswitch, Backrest down

CHIP Pulsante comando chip SV Pulsante comando svuotamento

Button, chip control Button, drainage control

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

COMMANDE AU PIED

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

Card, Auxiliary connections

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

PAGINA

0

Card, main foot control Jumper, private use OFF: standard foot 12 VDC light Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, errore

S.S. Microswitch comando salita poltrona

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

FRANÇAIS

97040530

Allgemeine Karte der Pedalsteuerung Jumper, privatgebrauch OFF: behandlunoseinheit Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Led für diagnostik Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led für fehler

ANSCHLUßKASTEN

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL MANDO DE PEDAL

Ficha general mando de pedal Jumper, uso privado OFF: modelo standard Testigo 12 VDC Led, diagnóstica Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS Led, error Ficha mandos sillón Micro mando subida sillón Micro mando bajada sillón Micro mando bajada respaldo Micro mando bajada respaldo Pulsador de mando chip Pulsador de mando de vaciado GRUPO CONEXIONES

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Electric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: POS.

ITALIANO

F

COMANDO A PIEDE

97660442

Scheda generale comando a piede SW-PED Microswitch comando pedale J1 Jumper, uso riservato J2 ON: Pressione DL1 Spia 12 VDC DL2 Led, diagnostica DL3 Led, errore CAN BUS DL4 Led, attività TX CAN BUS DL5 Led, errore

97660478

97660473

Scheda comandi poltrona

A

FOOT CONTROL

FRANÇAIS COMMANDE AU PIED

97040531 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

PEDALSTEUERUNG

Allgemeine Karte der Pedalsteuerung Microswitch Karte der Pedalsteuerung Jumper, privatgebrauch ON: druckenmodell Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Led für diagnostik Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led für fehler

MANDO DE PEDAL

Carte générale commande à pédale Microswitch commandè à pédale Pont, usage réservé ON: modèlè a pression Voyant 12 VDC. Led, diagnostique Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, erreur

Dental chair control card

Ficha mandos sillón

Led inserción agua spray

S.SC. Microswitch comando salita schienale

Microswitch, Backrest up

D.SC. Microswitch comando discesa schienale

Microswitch, Backrest down

CHIP Pulsante comando chip SV Pulsante comando svuotamento

Button, chip control Button, drainage control

Led, inserting spray water

Led pour insérer eau spray

S.S. Microswitch comando salita poltrona

Microswitch, Dental chair up

D.S. Microswitch comando discesa poltrona

Microswitch, Dental chair down

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

Card, main foot control Microswitch foot control Jumper, private use ON: pressure foot 12 VDC light Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, errore

Carte commandes du fauteuil Karte Steuerungen des Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la montée Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt des du fauteuil Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la descente Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt des du fauteuil Patientenstuhls Micro-contact pour commander la montée Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt der du dossier Rückenlehne Micro-contact pour commander la descente Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt der du dossier Rückenlehne Bouton du commande chip Taste zur chip steuerung Bouton du commande d'évacuation Taste zur steuerung zur entleerung

Ficha general mando de pedal Micro mando de pedal Jumper, uso privado ON: modelo a presion Testigo 12 VDC Led, diagnóstica Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS Led, error

Micro mando subida sillón Micro mando bajada sillón Micro mando bajada respaldo Micro mando bajada respaldo Pulsador de mando chip Pulsador de mando de vaciado

Scheda segnalazioni DL1 Led inserimento acqua spray

97660576

ENGLISH

Comando piede a pressione riunito Dental unit pressure foot control Commande a pedale de l’unit (modèlè a pression) Pedalsteverung der behandlunoseinheit (druckenmodell) Accionamiento de pedal (modelo a presion)

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

Card, Auxiliary connections

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Led zur Wasserspraysteuerung ANSCHLUßKASTEN

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

GRUPO CONEXIONES

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

1 1

MOD. 431 rev. 1 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: POS. A

ITALIANO

ENGLISH

97660576

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, Auxiliary connections

TL

Teleruttore comando motore aspirazione

Contactor, Suction system control

ID LINE

Interruttore differenziale Linea esterna al riunito

Ground fault circuit interrupter External line (dental unit)

Alimentazione motore aspirazione Power supply circuit of suction system motor Alimentation du moteur du disp. d'aspiration Stromversorgung des Motors zur Ansaugung Alimentación motor aspiración FRANÇAIS

DEUTSCH

97040532 REV.

PAGINA

0

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares

Télérupteur pour commander le moteur d'aspiration Interrupteur différentiel Ligne externe à l'unit

Steuerschütz des Motors für die Ansaugung Fehlerstromschutzschalter Externe Leitung der Behandlungseinheit

Interruptor diferencial Línea externa al equipo

Telerruptor mando motor aspiración

1 1

MOD. 431 rev. 1 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: APPLICAZIONE PRESA AUSILIARIA Elettric wiring index: AUXLIARY SOCKET APPLICATION Liste du schema electrique: APPLICATION AUXILIARE SOCKET Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: AUXILIARY SOCKEL ANWENDUNG Indice del esquema electrico: ENCHUFE AUXILIAR APLICACION POS. A

97660576

ITALIANO GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

ENGLISH GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, Auxiliary connections

FRANÇAIS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires

97040533 REV.

PAGINA

0

0

DEUTSCH ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

A

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

97660576 97660420

CODICE

Applicazione WHE Disinfecting unit with WHE Montage du WHE Einbau des sterilisierungssystems WHE Aplicacion WHE FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT

ANSCHLUßKASTEN

97040534 REV.

PAGINA

0

ESPAÑOL

Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

Scheda igiene

60 Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante

Card, Disinfecting Solenoid valve, Air tank Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Pressure switch (low pressure) Mixing tank Sanitazing fluid tank

Carte des hygiene EV air dans les réservoirs E.V. vidage des conduits Pressostat (pression mini) Réservoir mélange Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène

Ficha higiene EV aire depósitos E.V. vaciado conductos Presóstato (presión mínima) Depósito mezcla Depósito producto higiene

61 EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione

Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank

EV eau au réservoir du mélange

63 EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante

Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage

EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène

Kate der sterilisierungssystems Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Druckschalter (min. Druck) Mischungsbehälter Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts Magnetventil Wasser+Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil pneumatischer kolben ON: WHE

45 E.V. svuotamento condotte 56 Pressostato (minima pressione) 59 Serbatoio miscelazione

117 EV acqua+liquido igienizzante 131 EV.comando pistoncino riempimento J1 ON: WHE

Solenoid valve, Water + Sanitizing liquid supply EV pneumatic piston ON: WHE

EV eau-liquide pour l'hygiène EV commande piston pneumatique ON: WHE

1 1

GRUPO CONEXIONES

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

13 EV aria serbatoi

NR. DI

EV agua depósito mezcla EV dosificación producto higiene Electroválvula agua+líquido de higiene EV piston neumatico ON: WHE

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. A

97660576 97660420

E

97660532 H

97660583

ITALIANO GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari 50 E.V. by-pass acqua

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Applicazione bioster Disinfecting unit with bioster Montage du bioster Einbau des sterilisierungssystems Aplicacion bioster FRANÇAIS

97040535 REV.

PAGINA

1 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, Auxiliary connections Solenoid valve, Water bypass

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires E.V. by-pass eau

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares E.V. by-pass agua

35 E.V. acqua siringa 45 E.V. svuotamento condotte 106 Sensore volumetrico

Card, Disinfecting Solenoid valve, Water to syringe Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Volumetric sensor

Carte des hygiene E.V. eau à la seringue E.V. vidage des conduits Capteur volumétrique

Ficha higiene E.V. agua jeringa E.V. vaciado conductos Sensor volumétrico

116 E.V. comando dosatore

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

E.V. commande du doseur

122 EV intercettazione J2 ON: BIOSTER KS3 ON: BIOSTER

Solenoid valve, cut-off ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER

Kate der sterilisierungssystems Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Volumetrischer Sensor Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Sperrventil ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Allgemeine Karte der Platte Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze

GRUPO HÍDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico E.V. agua jeringa

Scheda igiene

Scheda tavoletta medico 35 E.V. acqua siringa

Main card, Instrument board Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

EV arrêt ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte générale de la tablette E.V. eau à la seringue

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 35 E.V. acqua siringa

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique E.V. eau à la seringue

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

1 1

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador EV de cierre ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Ficha general mesita E.V. agua jeringa

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

DESCRIZIONE

POS. H

ITALIANO GRUPPO IDRICO 21 EV aspirazione centralizzata

97660583

Scheda generale idrico

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH HYDRO-GROUP

Applicazione aspirazione anello liquido Wet ring suction Disp. d’aspiration en anneau pour le liquide Einbau des Ringsaugsystems fur die Flussigkeit Aspiracion anillo liquido FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH GROUPE HYDRIQUE

WASSEREINHEIT

97040536 REV.

PAGINA

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO

Solenoid valve, Central suction system

EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé

Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage

EV aspiración centralizada

Card, Hydro-group

Carte générale du groupe hydrique

Hauptkarte für Wassereinheit

Dicha general grupo hídrico

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. H

97660537

ITALIANO GRUPPO IDRICO 19 Separatore aspirazione 21 E.V. aspirazione centralizzata 108 Pompa di drenaggio PU.1 Pulsante svuotamento separatore Scheda base idrico

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Applicazione separatore CATTANI CATTANI separator application Montage du separateur CATTANI Einbau des Abscheiders CATTANI Aplicacion separador CATTANI FRANÇAIS

97040537 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

HYDRO-GROUP Suction system separator Solenoid valve, Central suction system Drain pump Button, empty separator

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration E.V. disp. d’aspiration centralisé Pompe de drainage Bouton d’évacuation du séparateur

WASSEREINHEIT Abscheider (Saugsystem) Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage Ablaßpumpe Taste zur Entleerung des Abscheiders

GRUPO HIDRICO Separador aspiración E.V. aspiración centralizada Bomba de drenaje Pulsador de vacío separador

Card, base of hydro-group

Carte principale du groupe hydrique

Karte für die Wassereinheit

Ficha base grupo hidrico

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. H

97660583 C.B.

ITALIANO

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Applicazione separatore METASYS METASYS separator application Montage du separateur METASYS Einbau des Abscheiders METASYS Aplicacion separador METASYS FRANÇAIS

97040538 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico

Scheda controllo METASYS

Card, METASYS control Power supply, Control 24 VAC supply Control console connection

Carte de contrôle METASYS Alimentation, commande Alimentation 24 Volts, c.a. Connexion console

Karte zur Kontrolle METASYS Stromversorgung Steuerung Stromversorgung Wechselstrom 24 V Anschluß an Steuerpult

Ficha control METASYS Alimentación mando Alimentación 24 V CA Conexión consolas

SV 7 Alimentazione comando SV 3 Alimentazione AC 24 V SV 4 Collegamento consolle

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS.

ITALIANO

H

97660583 X6 132

Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR Electric wiring index: DURR suction system group Liste du schemas electriques: Dispositif d’aspiration DURR Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR Indice del esquemas electricos: Aspiraction DURR ENGLISH FRANÇAIS

97040539 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico Collegamento consolle

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Control console connection

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique Module d’affichage

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Anschluß an Steuerpult

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico Conexión consolas

Unità di lavaggio Durr

DURR Unit washing

Lavage d'unité DURR

Maßeinheit Reinigung DURR

Lavado de la unidad DURR

1 1

MOD. 431 rev2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico:

POS. H

97660583

ITALIANO GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 121 Valvola della sputacchiera DÜRR M Collegamento consolle

Electric wiring index: Liste du schemas electriques: Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Indice del esquemas electricos: ENGLISH HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Spittoon valve DÜRR Control console connection

Valvola della sputacchiera DURR Spittoon valve DURR Soupape de crachoir DURR Mundspulbeckenventil DURR Valvula de la escupidera DURR FRANÇAIS

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique Soupape de crachoir DÜRR Module d’affichage

97040540 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Mundspülbeckenventil DÜRR Anschluß an Steuerpult

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico Válvula de la escupidera DÜRR Conexión consolas

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS.

ITALIANO

H

GRUPPO IDRICO

97660583

Scheda base idrico

Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR CS1 Electric wiring index: DURR CS1 suction system group Liste du schemas electriques: Dispositif d’aspiration DURR CS1 Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR CS1 Indice del esquemas electricos: Aspiraction DURR CS1 ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH HYDRO-GROUP

GROUPE HYDRIQUE

Card, base of hydro-group

Carte principale du groupe hydrique

WASSEREINHEIT

97040541 REV.

PAGINA

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO

Karte für die Wassereinheit

Ficha base grupo hidrico Separador aspiración

19

Separatore aspirazione

Suction system separator

Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration

Abscheider (Saugsystem)

21

E.V. aspirazione centralizzata

Solenoid valve, Central suction system

E.V. disp. d’aspiration centralisé

Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage

E.V. aspiración centralizada

Unità di lavaggio Durr

DURR Unit washing

Lavage d'unité DURR

Maßeinheit Reinigung DURR

Lavado de la unidad DURR

132

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. H

ITALIANO

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 97660583 J1 Jumper, presenza serbatoio (OFF) 13 E.V. aria serbatoi Ris.1 Sonda livello serbatoio 18 Serbatoio acqua distillata I.1 Microswitch serbatoio

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Jumper, applied tank (OFF) Solenoid valve, Air tank Sensor, Tank level Distilled water tank Microswitch tank unit

CODICE

Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata Distilled water tank unit Montage du reservoir de l’aeu distillee Einbau des behalters fur destilliertes wasser Aplicacion deposito agua destilada FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique Pont, présence de reservoir (OFF) E.V. air dans les réservoirs Jauge niveau du réservoir Réservoir de l’eau distillée Interrupteur reservoir

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Jumper, spannung behalters (OFF) Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Standfühler des Behälters Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Behalter Mikroschalter

97040542 REV.

PAGINA

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico Jumper, presencia deposito (OFF) E.V. aire depósitos Sonda nivel depósito Depósito agua destilada Micro deposito

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. H

97660583

97660672

ITALIANO GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 60 Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Ris.2 Sonda livello serbatoio Scheda igiene

SW1-3 Jumper presenza igienizzazione

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione Serbatoio H2O2 Elettric wiring index: H2O2 water tank unit Liste du schema electrique: Montage du reservoir de l’aeu H2O2 Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des behalters fur H2O2 wasser Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion deposito agua H2O2 ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH

CODICE

97040543 REV.

PAGINA

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Sanitazing fluid tank Sensor, Tank level

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Jauge niveau du réservoir

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Standfühler des Behälters

GRUPO HÍDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico Depósito producto higiene Sonda nivel depósito

Card, Disinfecting Jumper, applied disinfecting

Carte des hygiene Pont, présence de hygiene

Kate der sterilisierungssystems Jumper, spannung sterilisierungssystem

Ficha higiene Jumper, presencia hygiene

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. H

97660583 97660438

ITALIANO

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Igienizzazione cannule aspirazione Elettric wiring index: Suction tube sanitising system Liste du schema electrique: Desinfection des canules d’aspiration Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Sterilisierung der saugkanulen Indice del esquema electrico: Desinfeccion canulas de airacion ENGLISH FRANÇAIS

CODICE

97040544 REV.

PAGINA

0

1

DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico

Scheda interconnessioni idrico

Card, Hydro-group interconnections Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction Solenoid valve, Tubing system Vacuum control

Carte du sectionneur du groupe hydrique E.V. disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant E.V. lavage des canules Régulateur à dépression

Karte Trennschalter für die Wassereinheit Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Vakuumschalter

Ficha interconexiones grupo hídrico E.V. desinfección aspiración Electroválvula lavado cánulas Regulador de depresión

43 E.V. disinfezione aspirazione 105 E.V. lavaggio cannule 107 Vuotostato

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

97660532

Scheda Tavoletta Medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 35 E.V. acqua siringa

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Siringa 6 F. con F.O. Syringe 6 F. w/optical fibres Seringe 6 F. avec F.O. Spritze 6 F. mit optikfaser Jeringa 6 F. con F.O. FRANÇAIS

97040545 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

1 1

ESPAÑOL

Main card, Instrument board

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte générale de la tablette

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Allgemeine Karte der Platte

Ficha general mesita

Microswitch, Instrument mount

Interrupteur support de l’instrument

Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Micro soporte instrumento

Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

E.V. eau à la seringue

Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze

E.V. agua jeringa

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

NR. DI

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660565

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda Controllo E.V. proporzionale P1 Trimmer regolazione pressione minima P2 Trimmer regolazione pressione massima 34 E.V. proporzionale 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air

97660532

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua spray

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Turbina con F.O. Turbine w/optical fibres Turbine avec F.O. Turbine mit optikfaser Turbina con F.O. FRANÇAIS

97040546 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT

Control card, Proportional solenoid valve

Carte du contrôle de l’EV proportionnelle

Trimmer, Minimum pressure adjustment Trimmer, Maximum pressure adjustment Proportional solenoid valve Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

Trimmer réglage pression mini Trimmer réglage pression maxi E.V. proportionnelle E.V. air au spray chip-air

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte zur Kontrolle des Proportionalmagnetventils Trimmer zur Einstellung des min. Druckwertes Trimmer zur Einstellung des max. Druckwertes Proportionalventil Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water spray

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau au spray

Allgemeine Karte der Platte Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Ficha control EV proporcional Trimmer, regulación presión mínima Trimmer, regulación presión máxima E.V. proporcional E.V. aire spray chip-air Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua spray

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

97660186

CODICE

Micromotore con F.O. Micromotor w/optical fibres Micromoteur avec F.O. Mikromotors mit optikfaser Micromotor con F.O. FRANÇAIS

Micro-motor control card

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle micro-moteur

MAX Trimmer taratura massima velocità

Trimmer, Maximum speed setting

Trimmer réglage vitesse maxi

POT Trimmer taratura coppia micromotore

Trimmer, Micro-motor torque setting

Trimmer réglage du couple micro-moteur

MIN Trimmer taratura minima velocità 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air

Trimmer, Minimum speed setting Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

Trimmer réglage vitesse mini E.V. air au spray chip-air

Solenoid valve, Winding cooling

E.V. refroidissement des enroulements

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water spray

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau au spray

Controllo micromotore

39 E.V. raffreddamento matasse

97660532

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua spray

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

97040547 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte de kontrolle des Mikromotors Trimmer zur Einstellung der Höchstdrehzahl Trimmer zur Einstellung des Mikromotordrehmoments Trimmer zur Einstellung der min. Drehzahl Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Wicklungen Allgemeine Karte der Platte Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Ficha control micromotor Trimmer, regulación velocidad máxima Trimmer, regulación para micromotor Trimmer, regulación velocidad mínima E.V. aire spray chip-air E.V. enfriamiento madejas

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua spray

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

97660474

97660532

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Micromotore MX con fibre ottiche MX Micromotor w/optical fibres Micromoteur MX avec F.O. Mikromotors MX mit optikfaser Micromotor MX con F.O. FRANÇAIS

Controllo micromotore DL Led, Can enable DL Led, Can transmission DL Led, Activity DL Led, Power 36 E.V. acqua spray 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air

Micro-motor control card Led, Can enable Led, Can transmission Led, Activity Led, Power Solenoid valve, Water spray Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle micro-moteur Led, Can enable Led, Can transmission Led, Activity Led, Power E.V. eau au spray E.V. air au spray chip-air

39 E.V. raffreddamento matasse

Solenoid valve, Winding cooling

E.V. refroidissement des enroulements

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

97040548 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte de kontrolle des Mikromotors Led, Can enable Led, Can transmission Led, Activity Led, Power Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Ficha control micromotor Led, Can enable Led, Can transmission Led, Activity Led, Power E.V. agua spray E.V. aire spray chip-air

Allgemeine Karte der Platte Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

E.V. enfriamiento madejas

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS.

ITALIANO

E

97660183/A

97040549 REV.

PAGINA

0

EMS control card

Scheda interfaccia EMS

EMS interface card Solenoid valve, light cooler

Carte de l’interface EMS E.V. refroidissement de la lampe

Karte Schnittstelle EMS Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Ficha interfaz EMS E.V. enfriamiento lámpara

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

Scheda di controllo EMS

80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada

97660532

Detartaratore EMS con F.O. EMS scaler (w/optical fibres) Instrument pour le detartrage EMS avec F.O. Zahnsteinentferner EMS mit optikfaser Ablador del sarro EMS con F.O. FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle EMS

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

97660262

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte der kontrolle des EMS

Ficha control EMS

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660385 97660365

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

PAGINA

0

SATELEC control board

Scheda interfaccia SATELEC

SATELEC interface card Led, handpiece selector Trimmer, power adjustment Solenoid valve, light cooler

Carte de l’interface SATELEC Led, sélection pièce à main Trimmer réglage de la puissance E.V. refroidissement de la lampe

Karte Schnittstelle SATELEC Led, auswahl des Handstücks Trimmer zur Leistungseinstellung Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Ficha interfaz SATELEC Led, selección manguito Trimmer regulación potencia E.V. enfriamiento lámpara

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

Scheda tavoletta medico

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

Control board SATELEC

I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

97040550 REV.

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Control board SATELEC

DL1 Led estrazione manipolo P1 Trimmer regolazione potenza 80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada

97660532

Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. Elettric wiring index: SATELEC NEWTRON scaler w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Detartreur SATELEC NEWTRON avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC NEWTRON mit opikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Control board SATELEC

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Control board SATELEC

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660401

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda controllo lampada polimerizzante DL1 Led funzionamento lampada

97660532

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Lampada polimerizzante (T LED) Curing light (T LED) Lampe de polymerisation (T LED) Polymerisationslampe (T LED) Lampara de polimerizacion (T LED) FRANÇAIS

97040551 REV.

PAGINA

1 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

Card, Curing light control Led, Light operation

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle lampe polymérisante Led, Fonctionnement de la lampe

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte Kontrolle der Polymerisationslampe Ficha control lámpara de polimerización Led für Lampenbetrieb Led, Funcionamiento lámpara

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument

Allgemeine Karte der Platte Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS.

ITALIANO

E

97660183/A

97040554 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

EMS control card

Scheda interfaccia EMS

EMS interface card Solenoid valve, light cooler

Carte de l’interface EMS E.V. refroidissement de la lampe

Karte Schnittstelle EMS Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Ficha interfaz EMS E.V. enfriamiento lámpara

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

Scheda di controllo EMS

80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada

97660532

Detartaratore EMS EMS scaler Instrument pour le detartrage EMS Zahnsteinentferner EMS Ablador del sarro EMS FRANÇAIS TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle EMS

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

97660262

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte der kontrolle des EMS

Ficha control EMS

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

9MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Poltrona serie Digitale Electric wiring index: dental chair Liste des schema electrique: Fauteuil Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Patientenstuhl Indice del esquema electrico: Sillon POS.

PL

97660578

ITALIANO

ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS

97040580 REV.

PAGINA

2 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

POLTRONA Scheda generale poltrona FU1 Fusibile 5x20 T 4 A DL2 SPIA + VR DL3 Led diagnostica DL4 Led Blocco movimenti

DENTAL CHAIR Card, Dental chair Fuse 5x20 T 4 A + VR light Led, Diagnostic Led, movement lock

FAUTEUIL Carte générale du fauteuil Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Voyant +VR Led, Diagnostique Led, blocage mouvment

PATIENTENSTUHL Hauptkarte des Patientenstuhls Sicherung 5x20 T 4 A Kontrollampe Wechselstrom +VR Led für Diagnostik Led, Bewegung-block

SILLON Ficha general sillón Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Testigo + VR Led, Diagnóstica Led, stop

DL5 Led attività TX CAN BUS DL6 Led diagnostica CAN BUS DL8 Led, discesa abilitata

Led, TX CAN BUS activity Led, diagnostic CAN BUS

Led, TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS

Led, TX CAN BUS Led für diagnostik CAN BUS

Led, TX CAN BUS Led, diagnóstica CAN BUS

Led,downward movement

Led, mouvement de montée Pont, réglage fin de course des mouvements (ON) Jumper, groupe hidrique à terre

J1 Jumper, taratura fine corsa (ON)

Jumper, limit switch setting (ON)

J2 Jumper, idrico a terra

Jumper, floor hydro group

J3 Jumper, attivazione ciclo automatico (ON)

Jumper, automatic cycle (ON)

J4 Jumper, movimenti poltrona in serie (ON)

Jumper, to movements in sequence (ON)

J5 Jumper,programma emergenza J6 Jumper,emergenza idrico

Jumper, emergency program Jumper, hydro gr. emergency

Led, bewegung zur Auffahrt Jumper, einstellung des Endschalters für die Bewegungen Jumper, Wassereinheit Jumper, aktivierung des automatischen Pont. Activation du cycle automatique (ON) Zyklus (ON) Pont, mouvements du fauteuil en Jumper, aufeinanderfolgenden succession (ON) Bewegungen des Patientenstuhls (ON) Programme d’urgence Jumper, Notlage-Programme Urgence groupe hidrique Jumper, Wassereinheit-Notlage

Potentiometer, Seat movement Condenser, Seat motor

Potentiomètre mouvement du siège Condensateur moteur du siège

Potentiometer für die Bewegung des Sitzes Potenciómetro movimiento asiento Kondensator des Sitzmotors Condensador motor asiento Motor zur Bewegung des Sitzes

Motor movimiento asiento

Not - Trennschalter für den Sitzmotor

Seccionador de emergencia motor asiento

P. S. COND.2

Potenziometro movimento sedile Condensatore motore sedile

MOT. S.

Motore movimento sedile

Motor, Seat movement

Moteur mouvement du siège

Seat motor disconnect switch

Sectionneur moteur du siége

Interrupteur d’urgence de l’appui-pieds Carte principale du siège du fauteuil

Led, movimiento subida Jumper, regulación final de carrera movimientos (ON) Jumper, grupo idrico Jumper, activación ciclo automático (ON) Jumper, movimientos sillón en serie (ON) Jumper, Programa de emergencia Jumper, emergencia grupo idrico

C

Sezionamento di emergenza motore sedile

EM 2 97660164

Microswitch emergenza pedana Scheda base sedile poltrona

Microswitch, Footboard Card, Base of dental chair seat

P.SC.

Potenziometro movimento schienale

Potentiometer, Backrest movement

Potentiomètre mouvement du dossier

MOT. SC. COND.1 EM 3

Motore movimento schienale Condensatore motore schienale Microswitch emergenza schienale Microswitch emergenza side delivery GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Motor, Backrest movement Condenser, Backrest motor Microswitch, Backrest

Moteur mouvement du dossier Condensateur moteur du dossier Interrupteur d’urgence du dossier

Mikroschalter Notstand des Brettes Micro emergencia tarima Hauptkarte für den Sitz des PatientenstuhlsFicha base asiento sillón Potentiometer für die Bewegung der Potenciómetro movimiento respaldo Rücklehne Motor für die Bewegungen der Rücklehne Motor movimiento respaldo Kondensator des Motors für die Rücklehne Condensador motor respaldo Mikroschalter Notstand der Rücklehne Micro emergencia respaldo

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, Auxiliary connections

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

EM 4 A 97660576

1 1

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. H

97660583

97660627

ITALIANO GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico J3 ON: bacinella Scheda bacinella P1 Pulsante acqua bicchiere J1 Jumper, uso riservato

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Bacinella motorizzata Automatic Bowl Crachoir Automatique Automatischen Speichschale Escupidera Automatico FRANÇAIS

97040581 REV.

PAGINA 10

NR. DI

DEUTSCH

ESPAÑOL

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group ON: bowl

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique ON: crachoir

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit ON: speichschale

GRUPO HIDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico ON: escupidera

Card spittoon Button, glass water Jumper, private use

Carte du soupape Bouton du commande aeu Pont, usage réservé

Karte für mundspülbecken Taste zur steuerung zur wasser Jumper, privatgebrauch

Ficha escupidera Pulsador de mando de agua Jumper, uso privado

1 1

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda Consolle

97660556

DL1 Spia 12 VDC DL2 Spia 24 VDC DL3 Led, freno DL4 Led, diagnostica DL5 Led, errore DL6 Led, attività TX CAN BUS DL7 Led, errore CAN BUS

ON: 2 operatori OFF: 3 operatori J2 ON: bacinella J1

97660280 E

97660532

Scheda maniglia TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda Tavoletta Medico

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Elettric wiring index: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Liste du schema electrique: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Indice del esquema electrico: Console A7 PLUS-A9 ENGLISH FRANÇAIS

CODICE

97040585 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD Console card

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER DE L’UNIT BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Carte de la console Karte Steuerpult

Ficha consola

12 VDC light 24 VDC light Led, brake Led, diagnostic Led, errore Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS ON: 2 operators OFF: 3 operators ON: bowl

Voyant 12 VDC Voyant 24 VDC Led, frein Led, diagnostique Led, erreur Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS ON: 2 praticien OFF: 3 praticien ON: crachoir

Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 24 VDC Led für bremse Led für diagnostik Led für fehler Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS ON: 2 bediener OFF: 3 bediener ON: becken

Testigo 12 VDC Testigo 24 VDC Led, freno Led, diagnóstica Led, error Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS ON: 2 operador OFF: 3 operador ON: escupidera

Card, Handle

Carte, pièce à main

Karte Handgriff

Ficha manilla

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD Main card, Instrument board

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER DE L’UNIT BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Ficha general mesita

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda Consolle

97660556

DL1 Spia 12 VDC DL2 Spia 24 VDC DL3 Led, freno DL4 Led, diagnostica DL5 Led, errore DL6 Led, attività TX CAN BUS DL7 Led, errore CAN BUS

ON: 2 operatori OFF: 3 operatori J2 ON: bacinella J1

E

97660532

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda Tavoletta Medico

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Console A7 PLUS INT. Elettric wiring index: Console A7 PLUS INT. Liste du schema electrique: Console A7 PLUS INT. Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Console A7 PLUS INT. Indice del esquema electrico: Console A7 PLUS INT. ENGLISH FRANÇAIS

CODICE

97040586 REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD Console card

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER DE L’UNIT BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Carte de la console Karte Steuerpult

Ficha consola

12 VDC light 24 VDC light Led, brake Led, diagnostic Led, errore Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS ON: 2 operators OFF: 3 operators ON: bowl

Voyant 12 VDC Voyant 24 VDC Led, frein Led, diagnostique Led, erreur Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS ON: 2 praticien OFF: 3 praticien ON: crachoir

Testigo 12 VDC Testigo 24 VDC Led, freno Led, diagnóstica Led, error Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS ON: 2 operador OFF: 3 operador ON: escupidera

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD Main card, Instrument board

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER DE L’UNIT BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte

Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 24 VDC Led für bremse Led für diagnostik Led für fehler Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS ON: 2 bediener OFF: 3 bediener ON: becken

1 1

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Ficha general mesita

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

Descrizione:

Indice dello schema elettrico: Electric wiring index: Liste du schéma électrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema eléctrico: POS. E

97660532

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento

97660555

Scheda controllo telecamera

ENGLISH

Applicazione telecamera C-U2 CAM Tavoletta medico C-U2 CAM (Instrument Board) C-U2 CAM (Instruments de l'unit) C-U2 CAM (Instrumentenplatte) C-U2 CAM (Mesita instrumentos FRANÇAIS

DEUTSCH

97040589 REV.

PAGINA

1

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD L’UNIT Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Allgemeine Karte der Platte Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento

Card, camera control

Karte der kontrolle des Camera

Ficha control Camera

Carte de contrôle camera

1 1

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

A

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

97660576

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

133 EV Generale 135 EV Emergenza

Card, Auxiliary connections Solenoid valve, Main Solenoid valve, Safety

CODICE

Applicazione Elettrovalvola emergenza Safety Valve Application Montage du EV Sècuritè Einbau des Sicherheit Magnetventil Aplicacion EV Seguridad FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires EV, Générale EV, Sècuritè

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Magnetventil, Haup Magnetventil, Sicherheit

97040634 REV.

PAGINA

0

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares EV, General EV, Seguridad

1 1

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS.

ITALIANO

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

A

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS

CODICE

Applicazione WHE Disinfecting unit with WHE Montage du WHE Einbau des sterilisierungssystems WHE Aplicacion WHE FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT

ANSCHLUßKASTEN

97040638 REV.

PAGINA

4

ESPAÑOL

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari

Card, Auxiliary connections

Carte des connexions auxiliaires

Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse

Ficha conexiones auxiliares

97660672

Scheda igiene

Card, Disinfecting

Carte des hygiene

Ficha higiene

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

E.V. commande du doseur

13 EV aria serbatoi

ON: WHE Card, Disinfecting Solenoid valve, Air tank

ON: WHE Carte des hygiene EV air dans les réservoirs

61 EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione

Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank

EV eau au réservoir du mélange

63 EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante

Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage

EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène

Kate der sterilisierungssystems Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung ON: WHE Kate der sterilisierungssystems Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts

J1 ON: WHE

97660673

Scheda interfaccia igiene

1 1

GRUPO CONEXIONES

97660576 97660773

116 E.V. comando dosatore

NR. DI

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador ON: WHE Ficha higiene EV aire depósitos EV agua depósito mezcla EV dosificación producto higiene

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001

POS. A

97660576 97660672

E

97660532 H

97660583

ITALIANO GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari 50 E.V. by-pass acqua

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

CODICE

Applicazione bioster Disinfecting unit with bioster Montage du bioster Einbau des sterilisierungssystems Aplicacion bioster FRANÇAIS

97040639 REV.

PAGINA

4 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Card, Auxiliary connections Solenoid valve, Water bypass

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Carte des connexions auxiliaires E.V. by-pass eau

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser

GRUPO CONEXIONES Ficha conexiones auxiliares E.V. by-pass agua

35 E.V. acqua siringa 45 E.V. svuotamento condotte 106 Sensore volumetrico

Card, Disinfecting Solenoid valve, Water to syringe Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Volumetric sensor

Carte des hygiene E.V. eau à la seringue E.V. vidage des conduits Capteur volumétrique

Ficha higiene E.V. agua jeringa E.V. vaciado conductos Sensor volumétrico

116 E.V. comando dosatore

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

E.V. commande du doseur

122 EV intercettazione J2 ON: NO WHE J3 ON: NO ADDITIVAZIONE

Solenoid valve, cut-off ON: NO WHE ON: NO ADDITIVATION

EV arrêt ON: NO WHE ON: PAS DE ADITIVATION

Kate der sterilisierungssystems Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Volumetrischer Sensor Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Sperrventil ON: NO WHE ON: KEINE ZUSATZSTOFFE INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Allgemeine Karte der Platte Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze

Ficha general mesita E.V. agua jeringa

WASSEREINHEIT Karte für die Wassereinheit Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze

GRUPO HÍDRICO Ficha base grupo hidrico E.V. agua jeringa

Scheda igiene

35 E.V. acqua siringa

Main card, Instrument board Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte générale de la tablette E.V. eau à la seringue

GRUPPO IDRICO Scheda base idrico 35 E.V. acqua siringa

HYDRO-GROUP Card, base of hydro-group Solenoid valve, Water to syringe

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Carte principale du groupe hydrique E.V. eau à la seringue

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda tavoletta medico

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

1 1

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador EV de cierre ON: NO WHE ON: NO ADITIVACION MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660385 97660630 DL1 97660532

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Control board SATELEC Scheda interfaccia SATELEC DC 32V Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. Elettric wiring index: SATELEC NEWTRON scaler w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Detartreur SATELEC NEWTRON avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC NEWTRON mit opikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

97040642 REV.

PAGINA

1

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

SATELEC control board

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Control board SATELEC

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Control board SATELEC

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO Control board SATELEC

SATELEC interface card DC 32V Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte de l’interface SATELEC DC 32V Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Karte Schnittstelle SATELEC DC 32V Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha interfaz SATELEC DC 32V Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660262 97660630

ITALIANO

Detartaratore EMS con F.O. EMS scaler (w/optical fibres) Instrument pour le detartrage EMS avec F.O. Zahnsteinentferner EMS mit optikfaser Ablador del sarro EMS con F.O. FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH

97040643 REV.

PAGINA

1

Scheda di controllo EMS

EMS control card

Scheda interfaccia EMS

EMS interface card Solenoid valve, light cooler

Carte de l’interface EMS E.V. refroidissement de la lampe

Karte Schnittstelle EMS Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Ficha interfaz EMS E.V. enfriamiento lámpara

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle EMS

80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada

97660532

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte der kontrolle des EMS

Ficha control EMS

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS. E

97660631 97660630 DL1 97660532

ITALIANO TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO Scheda di controllo PZ5 Scheda interfaccia DC 32V Scheda tavoletta medico I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Detartaratore PZ5 PZ5 scaler Instrument pour le detartrage PZ5 Zahnsteinentferner PZ5 Ablador del sarro PZ5 FRANÇAIS

97040644 REV.

PAGINA

1 DEUTSCH

1 1

ESPAÑOL

PZ5 control card

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle PZ5

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte der kontrolle des PZ5

Ficha control PZ5

interface card DC 32V Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte de l’interface DC 32V Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Karte Schnittstelle DC 32V Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha interfaz DC 32V Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

NR. DI

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione:

POS.

ITALIANO

Indice dello schema elettrico: Elettric wiring index: Liste du schema electrique: Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Indice del esquema electrico: ENGLISH

Detartaratore EMS EMS scaler Instrument pour le detartrage EMS Zahnsteinentferner EMS Ablador del sarro EMS FRANÇAIS

97040645 REV.

PAGINA

1 DEUTSCH

97660633

Scheda di controllo EMS

EMS control card

97660630

Scheda interfaccia EMS

EMS interface card

Carte de l’interface EMS

Karte Schnittstelle EMS

Ficha interfaz EMS

Scheda tavoletta medico

Main card, Instrument board Microswitch, Instrument mount Solenoid valve, Water

Carte générale de la tablette Interrupteur support de l’instrument E.V. eau

Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Wasser-Magnetventil

Ficha general mesita Micro soporte instrumento E.V. agua

97660532

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO

I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento 36 E.V. acqua

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

1 1

ESPAÑOL

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT Carte de contrôle EMS

E

NR. DI

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Karte der kontrolle des EMS

Ficha control EMS

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Hydropneumatic system: Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Hydropneumatische zusamme: Esquema hydropneumaticos: POS.

ITALIANO

A

97041123

Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E. ANTHOS Digital Unit with W.H.E. Equipement Numerique ANTHOS avec W.H.E. Digital-Allage ANTHOS Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E.

ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS

REV.

PAGINA

0 DEUTSCH

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Air intake filter Air flow controller (high pressure) Air flow controller (low pressure) Pressure relief valve Water inlet filter Water pressure reducer Solenoid valve, Air tank Pressure switch (low pressure)

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Filtre entrée de l’air Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Filtre entrée de l’eau Réducteur de pression de l’eau EV air dans les réservoirs Pressostat (pression mini)

Druckschalter (min. Druck)

Presóstato (presión mínima)

61

Serbatoio miscelazione Valvola unidirezionale EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione

Mixing tank Unidirectional valve Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank

Réservoir mélange Soupape à une voie EV eau au réservoir du mélange

Depósito mezcla Válvula unidireccional EV agua depósito mezcla

63

EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante

Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage

EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène

EV acqua+liquido igienizzante Strozzatore acqua Precamera Pistoncino pneumatico EV.comando pistoncino riempimento Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita Valvola asservita

Solenoid valve, Water + Sanitizing liquid supply Compressor water Filling Chamber Pneumatic piston EV pneumatic piston

EV eau-liquide pour l'hygiène Etrangleur eau Prechambre Piston pneumatique EV commande piston pneumatique

Mischungsbehälter Ein-Weg-Ventil Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts Magnetventil Wasser+Sterilisierungsprodukt Drossel Wasser Vorkammer Pneumatische kolben Magnetventil pneumatischer kolben

Electroválvula agua+líquido de higiene Estrangulador agua Precamara Piston neumatico EV piston neumatico

EV chip-air Freno brazo pantógrafo EV freno Grifo aire spray Grupo calentador agua spray Distribuidor aire-agua

3 4 5 7 8 13 56 59 75

117 123 129 130 131 133 134

1 1

ESPAÑOL

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Filtro entrata aria Riduttore aria alta pressione Riduttore aria bassa pressione Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Filtro entrata acqua Riduttore pressione acqua EV aria serbatoi Pressostato (minima pressione)

2

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Filter Lufteinlauf Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Filter Wassereinlauf Druckreduzierer Wasser Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter

NR. DI

GRUPO CONEXIONES Filtro entrada aire Reductor aire alta presión Reductor aire baja presión Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) Filtro entrada agua Reductor presión agua EV aire depósitos

EV dosificación producto higiene

EV chip-air Freno braccio a pantografo EV freno Rubinetto aria spray Gruppo riscaldatore acqua spray Distributore aria/acqua

Solenoid valve, Chip air Pantograph arm lock Solenoid valve, Brake Air spray cock Water spray heater Air-water distributor

EV chip-air Frein du bras à pantographe EV frein Robinet air au spray Groupe réchauffeur eau au spray Distributeur air-eau

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Magnetventil Chip-Air Bremse des Pantographarms Magnetventil der Bremse Hahn Luft zum Spray Heizgerät Wasser für Spray Luft-Wasser Verteiler

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones

Applicazione turbina / EV proporzionale EV proporzionale EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse Filtro recupero olio

Turbine group/Proportional solenoid valve Proportional solenoid valve Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

Einbau der Turbine/Proportionalmagnetventil Proportionalventil Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación turbina / EV proporcional EV proporcional EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Oil recovery system filter

Montage de la turbine/EV proportionnelle EV proportionnelle EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Filtre récupération de l’huile de fuite

Ölrückgewinnungsfilter

Filtro recuperación aceite

Applicazione detartaratore EMS con FO EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray Regolatore aria EV raffreddamento lampada

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock Air system control Solenoid valve, light cooler

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray Régulateur air EV refroidissement de la lampe

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray Luftregler Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray Regulador aire EV enfriamiento lámpara

Applicazione detartaratore EMS EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray

Applicazione detartaratore SATELEC

Application, SATELEC scaler

Aplicación del ablador del sarro SATELEC

Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage SATELEC EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC

EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

EV agua Grifo agua spray

38

Applicazione micromotore “MC3” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

Aplicación micromotor “MC3” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Montage du micro-moteur “MC3” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MC3” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

39

Micro-motor “MC3” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO 17 30 31 32 33 85

97040545 97040546 34 36 37 38 47 86

97040549 36 37 47 80

97040554 36 37

97040550 36 37

97040547 36 37

97040548

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

38

Applicazione micromotore “MX” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

39

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

GRUPPO IDRICO Rubinetto scarico condensa Innesto rapido prelievo aria Convogliatore cannule con filtro EV acqua calda al bicchiere Riscaldatore acqua calda al bicchiere EV acqua fredda al bicchiere EV bacinella Regolatore acqua bacinella Innesto rapido prelievo acqua Distributore aria-acqua Separatore di amalgama per gravità EV intercettazione cannula piccola EV intercettazione cannula grande Filtro aspirazione

HYDRO-GROUP Condensate drain cock Quick coupling, Air take-in Tube collector with filter Solenoid valve, Warm water into the cup Heater, Warm water in the cup Solenoid valve, Cold water to cup Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl Control, Water into the rinsing bowl Quick coupling, Water take-in Air-water supply Amalgam gravity separator Shut-off valve, Small tube Shut-off valve, Large tube Filter on suction line

Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata

36 37

Micro-motor “MX” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Montage du micro-moteur “MX” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MX” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación micromotor “MX” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Robinet évacuation de l’eau de condensation Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’air Conduit des canules avec filtre EV eau chaude au verre Réchauffeur eau chaude au verre EV eau froide au verre EV crachoir Réglage de l’eau au crachoir Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau Distributeur air-eau Séparateur d'amalgame par gravité EV de fermeture, petite canule EV de fermeture, grande canule Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

WASSEREINHEIT Wasserablaßhahn Schnellkupplung zur Luftansaugung Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Magnetventil Warmwasser zum Glas Heizgerät Warmwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Kaltwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Schale Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung Luft-wasser verteiler Amalgamabscheider durch Schwerkraft Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Saugfilter

GRUPO HIDRICO Grifo descarga condensación Acoplamiento rápido toma de aire Transportador cánulas con filtro EV agua caliente al vaso Calentador agua caliente al vaso EV agua fria vaso EV cubeta Regulación agua cubeta Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua Distribuidor aire-agua Separador de amalgama por gravedad Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande Filtro en la línea de aspiración

Distilled water tank unit

Montage du réservoir de l’eau distillée

Einbau des Behälters für destilliertes Wasser

Aplicación depósito agua destilada

EV aria serbatoi Serbatoio acqua distillata EV by-pass acqua Valvola unidirezionale

Solenoid valve, Air tank Distilled water tank Solenoid valve, Water bypass Unidirectional valve

EV air dans les réservoirs Réservoir de l’eau distillée EV by-pass eau Soupape a une voie

Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser Ein-Weg-Ventil

EV aire depósitos Depósito agua destilada EV by-pass agua Valvula unidireccional

Applicazione aspirazione con separatore CATTANI Separatore aspirazione EV aspirazione centralizzata Pompa di drenaggio

Application, Suction system with CATTANI separator Suction system separator Solenoid valve, Central suction system Drain pump

Montage du disp. d'aspiration avec séparateur CATTANI Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Pompe de drainage

Einbau des Saugsystems mit Abscheider CATTANI Abscheider (Saugsystem) Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage Ablaßpumpe

Aplicación del dispositivo de aspiración con separador CATTANI Separador aspiración EV aspiración centralizada Bomba de drenaje

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones

Applicazione igienizzazione cannule

Application, Suction tube sanitising system

EV disinfezione aspirazione Sistema Venturi di aspirazione EV lavaggio cannule Vuotostato Serbatoio liquido igienizzante cannule

Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction Venturi tube, Suction system Solenoid valve, Tubing system Vacuum control Tank,Sanitizing liquid for tubing system

Montage du disp. pour la désinfection des canules EV disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant Tube d’aspiration Venturi EV lavage des canules Régulateur à dépression Réservoir du liquide pour l'hygiène des canules

Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) Saugsystem Venturi Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Vakuumschalter Sterilisierungsproduktbehälter für Kanulen

115

Applicazione circuito di igenizzazione EV acqua siringa EV svuotamento condotte Pressostato (minima pressione) Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Distributore aria/acqua Sensore volumetrico Dosatore liquido igienizzante

Application, sanitising system Solenoid valve, Water to syringe Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Pressure switch (low pressure) Sanitazing fluid tank Air-water distributor Volumetric sensor Sanitizing liquid dispenser

Montage du disp. pour l’hygiène EV eau à la seringue EV vidage des conduits Pressostat (pression mini) Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Distributeur air-eau Capteur volumétrique Doseur du liquide pour l'hygiène

116

EV comando dosatore

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

EV commande du doseur

122

EV intercettazione

Solenoid valve, cut-off

POLTRONA Appoggiatesta Valvola unidirezionale Pulsante comando appoggiatesta

DENTAL CHAIR Headrest Unidirectional valve Button, headrest control

H 9 11 22 25 26 27 28 29 55 85 109 110 111 118

97040542 13 18 50 75

97040537 19 21 108

97040524 97040544 43 82 105 107 112

97040535 35 45 56 60 85 106

PL 97040580 75 126

Sterilisierung der Kanulen

Aplicación del dispositivo de desinfección cánulas EV desinfección aspiración Sistema Venturi de aspiración Electroválvula lavado cánulas Regulador de depresión Depósito líquido para higiene cánulas Aplicación del dispositivo de higiene EV agua jeringa EV vaciado conductos Presóstato (presión mínima) Depósito producto higiene Distribuidor aire-agua Sensor volumétrico Dosificador líquido de higiene

EV arrêt

Sterilisierung der Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Druckschalter (min. Druck) Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Luft-Wasser Verteiler Volumetrischer Sensor Dosiervorrichtung des Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Sperrventil

FAUTEUIL Tetiere Soupape à une voie Bouton commande tetiere

PATIENTENSTUH Kopflehne Ein-Weg-Ventil Kopfstützesteurungstaste

SILLON Reposacabezas Válvula unidireccional Pulsador mando reposacabezas

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador EV de cierre

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Hydropneumatic system: Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Hydropneumatische zusamme: Esquema hydropneumaticos: POS.

ITALIANO

A 2 3 4 5 7 8 13 50 75 133 134

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Filtro entrata aria Riduttore aria alta pressione Riduttore aria bassa pressione Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Filtro entrata acqua Riduttore pressione acqua EV aria serbatoi EV by-pass acqua Valvola unidirezionale Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita Valvola asservita

97041124

Impianto digitale ANTHOS ANTHOS Digital Unit Equipement Numerique ANTHOS Digital-Allage ANTHOS Impianto digitale ANTHOS

ENGLISH GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Air intake filter Air flow controller (high pressure) Air flow controller (low pressure) Pressure relief valve Water inlet filter Water pressure reducer Solenoid valve, Air tank Solenoid valve, Water bypass Unidirectional valve

FRANÇAIS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Filtre entrée de l’air Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Filtre entrée de l’eau Réducteur de pression de l’eau EV air dans les réservoirs EV by-pass eau Soupape à une voie

REV.

PAGINA

2 DEUTSCH

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL

ANSCHLUßKASTEN Filter Lufteinlauf Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Filter Wassereinlauf Druckreduzierer Wasser Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser Ein-Weg-Ventil

GRUPO CONEXIONES Filtro entrada aire Reductor aire alta presión Reductor aire baja presión Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) Filtro entrada agua Reductor presión agua EV aire depósitos EV by-pass agua Válvula unidireccional

EV chip-air Freno brazo pantógrafo EV freno Grifo aire spray Grupo calentador agua spray Distribuidor aire-agua

EV chip-air Freno braccio a pantografo EV freno Rubinetto aria spray Gruppo riscaldatore acqua spray Distributore aria/acqua

Solenoid valve, Chip air Pantograph arm lock Solenoid valve, Brake Air spray cock Water spray heater Air-water distributor

EV chip-air Frein du bras à pantographe EV frein Robinet air au spray Groupe réchauffeur eau au spray Distributeur air-eau

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Magnetventil Chip-Air Bremse des Pantographarms Magnetventil der Bremse Hahn Luft zum Spray Heizgerät Wasser für Spray Luft-Wasser Verteiler

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones

Applicazione turbina / EV proporzionale EV proporzionale EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse Filtro recupero olio

Turbine group/Proportional solenoid valve Proportional solenoid valve Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

Einbau der Turbine/Proportionalmagnetventil Proportionalventil Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación turbina / EV proporcional EV proporcional EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Oil recovery system filter

Montage de la turbine/EV proportionnelle EV proportionnelle EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Filtre récupération de l’huile de fuite

Ölrückgewinnungsfilter

Filtro recuperación aceite

Applicazione detartaratore EMS con FO EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray Regolatore aria EV raffreddamento lampada

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock Air system control Solenoid valve, light cooler

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray Régulateur air EV refroidissement de la lampe

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray Luftregler Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray Regulador aire EV enfriamiento lámpara

Applicazione detartaratore EMS EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray

Applicazione detartaratore SATELEC

Application, SATELEC scaler

Aplicación del ablador del sarro SATELEC

Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage SATELEC EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC

EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

EV agua Grifo agua spray

38

Applicazione micromotore “MC3” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

Aplicación micromotor “MC3” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Montage du micro-moteur “MC3” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MC3” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

39

Micro-motor “MC3” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO 17 30 31 32 33 85

97040545 97040546 34 36 37 38 47 86

97040549 36 37 47 80

97040554 36 37

97040550 36 37

97040547 36 37

97040548

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

38

Applicazione micromotore “MX” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

39

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

GRUPPO IDRICO Rubinetto scarico condensa Innesto rapido prelievo aria Convogliatore cannule con filtro EV acqua calda al bicchiere Riscaldatore acqua calda al bicchiere EV acqua fredda al bicchiere EV bacinella Regolatore acqua bacinella Innesto rapido prelievo acqua Distributore aria-acqua Separatore di amalgama per gravità EV intercettazione cannula piccola EV intercettazione cannula grande Filtro aspirazione

HYDRO-GROUP Condensate drain cock Quick coupling, Air take-in Tube collector with filter Solenoid valve, Warm water into the cup Heater, Warm water in the cup Solenoid valve, Cold water to cup Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl Control, Water into the rinsing bowl Quick coupling, Water take-in Air-water supply Amalgam gravity separator Shut-off valve, Small tube Shut-off valve, Large tube Filter on suction line

Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata

36 37

H 9 11 22 25 26 27 28 29 55 85 109 110 111 118

97040542 13 18 50 75

97040537 19 21 108

97040524

Micro-motor “MX” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Montage du micro-moteur “MX” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MX” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación micromotor “MX” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Robinet évacuation de l’eau de condensation Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’air Conduit des canules avec filtre EV eau chaude au verre Réchauffeur eau chaude au verre EV eau froide au verre EV crachoir Réglage de l’eau au crachoir Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau Distributeur air-eau Séparateur d'amalgame par gravité EV de fermeture, petite canule EV de fermeture, grande canule Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

WASSEREINHEIT Wasserablaßhahn Schnellkupplung zur Luftansaugung Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Magnetventil Warmwasser zum Glas Heizgerät Warmwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Kaltwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Schale Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung Luft-wasser verteiler Amalgamabscheider durch Schwerkraft Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Saugfilter

GRUPO HIDRICO Grifo descarga condensación Acoplamiento rápido toma de aire Transportador cánulas con filtro EV agua caliente al vaso Calentador agua caliente al vaso EV agua fria vaso EV cubeta Regulación agua cubeta Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua Distribuidor aire-agua Separador de amalgama por gravedad Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande Filtro en la línea de aspiración

Distilled water tank unit

Montage du réservoir de l’eau distillée

Einbau des Behälters für destilliertes Wasser

Aplicación depósito agua destilada

EV aria serbatoi Serbatoio acqua distillata EV by-pass acqua Valvola unidirezionale

Solenoid valve, Air tank Distilled water tank Solenoid valve, Water bypass Unidirectional valve

EV air dans les réservoirs Réservoir de l’eau distillée EV by-pass eau Soupape a une voie

Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser Ein-Weg-Ventil

EV aire depósitos Depósito agua destilada EV by-pass agua Valvula unidireccional

Applicazione aspirazione con separatore CATTANI Separatore aspirazione EV aspirazione centralizzata Pompa di drenaggio

Application, Suction system with CATTANI separator Suction system separator Solenoid valve, Central suction system Drain pump

Montage du disp. d'aspiration avec séparateur CATTANI Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Pompe de drainage

Einbau des Saugsystems mit Abscheider CATTANI Abscheider (Saugsystem) Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage Ablaßpumpe

Aplicación del dispositivo de aspiración con separador CATTANI Separador aspiración EV aspiración centralizada Bomba de drenaje

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

Applicazione igienizzazione cannule

Application, Suction tube sanitising system

EV disinfezione aspirazione Sistema Venturi di aspirazione EV lavaggio cannule Vuotostato Serbatoio liquido igienizzante cannule

Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction Venturi tube, Suction system Solenoid valve, Tubing system Vacuum control Tank,Sanitizing liquid for tubing system

Montage du disp. pour la désinfection des canules EV disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant Tube d’aspiration Venturi EV lavage des canules Régulateur à dépression Réservoir du liquide pour l'hygiène des canules

115

Applicazione circuito di igenizzazione EV acqua siringa EV svuotamento condotte Pressostato (minima pressione) Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Distributore aria/acqua Sensore volumetrico Dosatore liquido igienizzante

Application, sanitising system Solenoid valve, Water to syringe Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Pressure switch (low pressure) Sanitazing fluid tank Air-water distributor Volumetric sensor Sanitizing liquid dispenser

Montage du disp. pour l’hygiène EV eau à la seringue EV vidage des conduits Pressostat (pression mini) Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Distributeur air-eau Capteur volumétrique Doseur du liquide pour l'hygiène

116

EV comando dosatore

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

EV commande du doseur

122

EV intercettazione

Solenoid valve, cut-off

POLTRONA Appoggiatesta Valvola unidirezionale Pulsante comando appoggiatesta

DENTAL CHAIR Headrest Unidirectional valve Button, headrest control

97040544 43 82 105 107 112

97040789 35 45 56 60 85 106

PL 97040580 75 126

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

Sterilisierung der Kanulen Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) Saugsystem Venturi Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Vakuumschalter Sterilisierungsproduktbehälter für Kanulen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones Aplicación del dispositivo de desinfección cánulas EV desinfección aspiración Sistema Venturi de aspiración Electroválvula lavado cánulas Regulador de depresión Depósito líquido para higiene cánulas Aplicación del dispositivo de higiene EV agua jeringa EV vaciado conductos Presóstato (presión mínima) Depósito producto higiene Distribuidor aire-agua Sensor volumétrico Dosificador líquido de higiene

EV arrêt

Sterilisierung der Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Druckschalter (min. Druck) Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Luft-Wasser Verteiler Volumetrischer Sensor Dosiervorrichtung des Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Sperrventil

FAUTEUIL Tetiere Soupape à une voie Bouton commande appuye-tête

PATIENTENSTUH Kopflehne Ein-Weg-Ventil Kopfstützesteurungstaste

SILLON Reposacabezas Válvula unidireccional Pulsador mando reposacabezas

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador EV de cierre

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

DESCRIZIONE

POS.

ITALIANO

H

GRUPPO IDRICO

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Montaggio valvola DÜRR alla sputacchiera Installation DÜRR spittoon bowl valve Hydropneumatic wiring index: Montage valve de crachoir DÜRR Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Montageanleitung DÜRR mundspülbeckenventi Montaje válvula de la escupidera DÜRR Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH HYDRO-GROUP

GROUPE HYDRIQUE

WASSEREINHEIT

97041099 REV.

PAGINA

3

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO

Convogliatore cannule con filtro

Tube collector with filter

Conduit des canules avec filtre

Leitung Kanulen mit Filter

Transportador cánulas con filtro

Filtro aspirazione

Filter on suction line

Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

Saugfilter

Filtro en la línea de aspiración

Distributore aria

Air supply

Distributeur air

Luftverteiler

Distribuidor aire

Schema elettrico applicazione aspirazione anello liquido

Elettric wiring wet ring suction group

Schemas electriques montage du disp. d’aspiration en anneau pour liquide -

Schaltplan einbau des Ringsaugsystemsfür Dieflüssigkeit

Esquemas electricos aplicación aspiración anillo líquido

110

EV intercettazione cannula piccola

Shut-off valve, Small tube

EV de fermeture, petite canule

Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña

111

EV intercettazione cannula grande

Shut-off valve, Large tube

EV de fermeture, grande canule

Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

EV aspirazione centralizzata

Solenoid valve, Central suction system

EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé

Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage

EV aspiración centralizada

Schema elettrico montaggio valvola DÜRR alla sputacchiera

Elettric wiring installation DÜRR spittoon bowl valve

Schemas electriques montage valve de crachoir DÜRR

Schaltplan montageanleitung DÜRR mundspülbeckenventil

Esquemas electricos montaje válvula de la escupidera DÜRR

Valvola della sputacchiera DÜRR

Spittoon valve DÜRR

Soupape de crachoir DÜRR

Mundspülbeckenventil DÜRR

Válvula de la escupidera DÜRR

22 118 84

97040378 97040536 97040672

21

97040375 97040540 97040676 121

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Hydropneumatic system: Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Hydropneumatische zusamme: Esquema hydropneumaticos: POS.

ITALIANO

A

ENGLISH

FRANÇAIS

61

GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI Filtro entrata aria Riduttore aria alta pressione Riduttore aria bassa pressione Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Riduttore pressione acqua EV aria serbatoi Serbatoio miscelazione Valvola unidirezionale EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione

GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS Air intake filter Air flow controller (high pressure) Air flow controller (low pressure) Pressure relief valve Water pressure reducer Solenoid valve, Air tank Mixing tank Unidirectional valve Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank

GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT Filtre entrée de l’air Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Réducteur de pression de l’eau EV air dans les réservoirs Réservoir mélange Soupape à une voie EV eau au réservoir du mélange

63

EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante

Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage

EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène

Strozzatore acqua Precamera Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita Valvola asservita Elettrovalvola emergenza

Compressor water Filling Chamber

Etrangleur eau Prechambre

2 3 4 5 8 13 59 75

123 129 133 134 135

E

TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO 17 30 31 32 33 85

EV chip-air Freno braccio a pantografo EV freno Rubinetto aria spray Gruppo riscaldatore acqua spray Distributore aria/acqua

97041138

Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E. ANTHOS Digital Unit with W.H.E. Equipement Numerique ANTHOS avec W.H.E. Digital-Allage ANTHOS Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E.

DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD Solenoid valve, Chip air Pantograph arm lock Solenoid valve, Brake Air spray cock Water spray heater Air-water distributor

REV.

DEUTSCH ANSCHLUßKASTEN Filter Lufteinlauf Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Druckreduzierer Wasser Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Mischungsbehälter Ein-Weg-Ventil Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts Drossel Wasser Vorkammer

EV chip-air Frein du bras à pantographe EV frein Robinet air au spray Groupe réchauffeur eau au spray Distributeur air-eau

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT Magnetventil Chip-Air Bremse des Pantographarms Magnetventil der Bremse Hahn Luft zum Spray Heizgerät Wasser für Spray Luft-Wasser Verteiler

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT

PAGINA

2

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL GRUPO CONEXIONES Filtro entrada aire Reductor aire alta presión Reductor aire baja presión Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) Reductor presión agua EV aire depósitos Depósito mezcla Válvula unidireccional EV agua depósito mezcla EV dosificación producto higiene Estrangulador agua Precamara

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO EV chip-air Freno brazo pantógrafo EV freno Grifo aire spray Grupo calentador agua spray Distribuidor aire-agua

97040545

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones

97040546

Applicazione turbina / EV proporzionale EV proporzionale EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse Filtro recupero olio

Turbine group/Proportional solenoid valve Proportional solenoid valve Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray

Einbau der Turbine/Proportionalmagnetventil Proportionalventil Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación turbina / EV proporcional EV proporcional EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Oil recovery system filter

Montage de la turbine/EV proportionnelle EV proportionnelle EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Filtre récupération de l’huile de fuite

Ölrückgewinnungsfilter

Filtro recuperación aceite

Applicazione detartaratore EMS con FO EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray Regolatore aria EV raffreddamento lampada

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock Air system control Solenoid valve, light cooler

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray Régulateur air EV refroidissement de la lampe

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray Luftregler Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray Regulador aire EV enfriamiento lámpara

Applicazione detartaratore PZ5 EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Application, PZ5 scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage PZ5 EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners PZ5 Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

Aplicación del ablador del sarro PZ5 EV agua Grifo agua spray

Applicazione detartaratore EMS EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Application, EMS scaler Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS EV agua Grifo agua spray

Applicazione detartaratore SATELEC

Application, SATELEC scaler

Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC

Aplicación del ablador del sarro SATELEC

EV acqua Rubinetto acqua spray

Solenoid valve, Water Water spray cock

Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage SATELEC EV eau Robinet eau au spray

Wasser-Magnetventil Hahn Wasser zum Spray

EV agua Grifo agua spray

38

Applicazione micromotore “MC3” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

Aplicación micromotor “MC3” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Montage du micro-moteur “MC3” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MC3” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

39

Micro-motor “MC3” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

Montage du micro-moteur “MX” EV eau au spray Robinet eau au spray EV air au spray chip-air EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements

Einbau des Mikromotors “MX” Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air

Aplicación micromotor “MX” EV agua spray Grifo agua spray EV aire spray chip-air

Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas

Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen

Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

34 36 37 38 47 86

97040643 36 37 47 80

97040644 36 37

97040645 36 37

97040642 36 37

97040547 36 37

97040548

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

38

Applicazione micromotore “MX” EV acqua spray Rubinetto acqua spray EV aria spray chip-air

39

EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

47

Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse

Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down

GRUPPO IDRICO Rubinetto scarico condensa Innesto rapido prelievo aria Convogliatore cannule con filtro EV acqua calda al bicchiere Riscaldatore acqua calda al bicchiere EV acqua fredda al bicchiere EV bacinella Regolatore acqua bacinella Innesto rapido prelievo acqua Distributore aria-acqua Separatore di amalgama per gravità EV intercettazione cannula piccola EV intercettazione cannula grande Filtro aspirazione

HYDRO-GROUP Condensate drain cock Quick coupling, Air take-in Tube collector with filter Solenoid valve, Warm water into the cup Heater, Warm water in the cup Solenoid valve, Cold water to cup Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl Control, Water into the rinsing bowl Quick coupling, Water take-in Air-water supply Amalgam gravity separator Shut-off valve, Small tube Shut-off valve, Large tube Filter on suction line

GROUPE HYDRIQUE Robinet évacuation de l’eau de condensation Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’air Conduit des canules avec filtre EV eau chaude au verre Réchauffeur eau chaude au verre EV eau froide au verre EV crachoir Réglage de l’eau au crachoir Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau Distributeur air-eau Séparateur d'amalgame par gravité EV de fermeture, petite canule EV de fermeture, grande canule Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

WASSEREINHEIT Wasserablaßhahn Schnellkupplung zur Luftansaugung Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Magnetventil Warmwasser zum Glas Heizgerät Warmwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Kaltwasser zum Glas Magnetventil Schale Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung Luft-wasser verteiler Amalgamabscheider durch Schwerkraft Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Saugfilter

GRUPO HIDRICO Grifo descarga condensación Acoplamiento rápido toma de aire Transportador cánulas con filtro EV agua caliente al vaso Calentador agua caliente al vaso EV agua fria vaso EV cubeta Regulación agua cubeta Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua Distribuidor aire-agua Separador de amalgama por gravedad Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande Filtro en la línea de aspiración

Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata

Distilled water tank unit

Montage du réservoir de l’eau distillée

Einbau des Behälters für destilliertes Wasser

Aplicación depósito agua destilada

EV aria serbatoi Serbatoio acqua distillata EV by-pass acqua Valvola unidirezionale

Solenoid valve, Air tank Distilled water tank Solenoid valve, Water bypass Unidirectional valve

EV air dans les réservoirs Réservoir de l’eau distillée EV by-pass eau Soupape a une voie

Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser Ein-Weg-Ventil

EV aire depósitos Depósito agua destilada EV by-pass agua Valvula unidireccional

Applicazione aspirazione con separatore CATTANI Separatore aspirazione EV aspirazione centralizzata Pompa di drenaggio

Application, Suction system with CATTANI separator Suction system separator Solenoid valve, Central suction system Drain pump

Montage du disp. d'aspiration avec séparateur CATTANI Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Pompe de drainage

Einbau des Saugsystems mit Abscheider CATTANI Abscheider (Saugsystem) Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage Ablaßpumpe

Aplicación del dispositivo de aspiración con separador CATTANI Separador aspiración EV aspiración centralizada Bomba de drenaje

Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni

3/6 function syringe group

Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions

Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen

36 37

H 9 11 22 25 26 27 28 29 55 85 109 110 111 118

97040542 13 18 50 75

97040537 19 21 108

97040524

Micro-motor “MX” group Solenoid valve, Water spray Water spray cock Solenoid valve, Chip air spray Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

Applicazione igienizzazione cannule

Application, Suction tube sanitising system

EV disinfezione aspirazione Sistema Venturi di aspirazione EV lavaggio cannule Vuotostato Serbatoio liquido igienizzante cannule

Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction Venturi tube, Suction system Solenoid valve, Tubing system Vacuum control Tank,Sanitizing liquid for tubing system

Montage du disp. pour la désinfection des canules EV disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant Tube d’aspiration Venturi EV lavage des canules Régulateur à dépression Réservoir du liquide pour l'hygiène des canules

115

Applicazione circuito di igenizzazione EV acqua siringa EV svuotamento condotte Pressostato (minima pressione) Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Distributore aria/acqua Sensore volumetrico Dosatore liquido igienizzante

Application, sanitising system Solenoid valve, Water to syringe Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage Pressure switch (low pressure) Sanitazing fluid tank Air-water distributor Volumetric sensor Sanitizing liquid dispenser

Montage du disp. pour l’hygiène EV eau à la seringue EV vidage des conduits Pressostat (pression mini) Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Distributeur air-eau Capteur volumétrique Doseur du liquide pour l'hygiène

116

EV comando dosatore

Solenoid valve, Dispenser control

EV commande du doseur

122

EV intercettazione

Solenoid valve, cut-off

POLTRONA Appoggiatesta Valvola unidirezionale Pulsante comando appoggiatesta

DENTAL CHAIR Headrest Unidirectional valve Button, headrest control

97040544 43 82 105 107 112

97040789 35 45 56 60 85 106

PL 97040580 75 126

Sterilisierung der Kanulen Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) Saugsystem Venturi Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Vakuumschalter Sterilisierungsproduktbehälter für Kanulen

Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones Aplicación del dispositivo de desinfección cánulas EV desinfección aspiración Sistema Venturi de aspiración Electroválvula lavado cánulas Regulador de depresión Depósito líquido para higiene cánulas Aplicación del dispositivo de higiene EV agua jeringa EV vaciado conductos Presóstato (presión mínima) Depósito producto higiene Distribuidor aire-agua Sensor volumétrico Dosificador líquido de higiene

EV arrêt

Sterilisierung der Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen Druckschalter (min. Druck) Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Luft-Wasser Verteiler Volumetrischer Sensor Dosiervorrichtung des Sterilisierungsprodukt Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Sperrventil

FAUTEUIL Tetiere Soupape à une voie Bouton commande tetiere

PATIENTENSTUH Kopflehne Ein-Weg-Ventil Kopfstützesteurungstaste

SILLON Reposacabezas Válvula unidireccional Pulsador mando reposacabezas

Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador EV de cierre

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

DESCRIZIONE

POS.

ITALIANO

H

GRUPPO IDRICO

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione Metasys Hydropneumatic wiring index: Metasys suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration Metasys Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem Metasys Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración Metasys ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH HYDRO-GROUP

GROUPE HYDRIQUE

WASSEREINHEIT

97041100 REV.

PAGINA

3

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO

Convogliatore cannule con filtro

Tube collector with filter

Conduit des canules avec filtre

Leitung Kanulen mit Filter

Transportador cánulas con filtro

118

Filtro aspirazione

Filter on suction line

Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

Saugfilter

Filtro en la línea de aspiración

110

EV intercettazione cannula piccola

Shut-off valve, Small tube

EV de fermeture, petite canule

Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña

111

EV intercettazione cannula grande

Shut-off valve, Large tube

EV de fermeture, grande canule

Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

Schema elettrico: Aspirazione Metasys

Wiring diagram: Metasys suction system

Schemas electriques: Dispositif d'aspiration Metasys

Schaltplan: Saugsystem Metasys

Esquemas electricos: Aspiración Metasys

Separatore di amalgama Metasys

Metasys amalgam separator

Séparateur d'amalgame Metasys

Amalgamabscheider Metasys

Separador de amalgama Metasys

22

97040376 97040538 97040674 120

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

DESCRIZIONE

POS.

ITALIANO

H

GRUPPO IDRICO

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR Hydropneumatic wiring index: DURR suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration DURR Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem DURR Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración DURR ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH HYDRO-GROUP

GROUPE HYDRIQUE

97041101 REV.

PAGINA

4

NR. DI

ESPAÑOL

WASSEREINHEIT

GRUPO HIDRICO

22

Convogliatore cannule con filtro

Tube collector with filter

Conduit des canules avec filtre

Leitung Kanulen mit Filter

Transportador cánulas con filtro

28

EV bacinella

Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl

EV crachoir

Magnetventil Schale

EV cubeta

Regolatore acqua bacinella

Control, Water into the rinsing bowl

Réglage de l’eau au crachoir

Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale

Regulación agua cubeta

29

1 1

Innesto rapido prelievo acqua

Quick coupling, Water take-in

Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau

Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung

Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua

110

EV intercettazione cannula piccola

Shut-off valve, Small tube

EV de fermeture, petite canule

Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña

111

EV intercettazione cannula grande

Shut-off valve, Large tube

EV de fermeture, grande canule

Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

118

Filtro aspirazione

Filter on suction line

Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

Saugfilter

Filtro en la línea de aspiración

132

Unità di lavaggio Durr

Durr washing unit

Unité de lavage Durr

Washende Durr-Einheit

Unidad de lavado Durr

Schema elettrico: Aspirazione DURR

Wiring diagram: DURR suction system

Schemas electriques: Dispositif d'aspiration DURR

Schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR

Esquemas electricos: Aspiración DURR

Separatore di amalgama DURR

DURR amalgam separator

Séparateur d'amalgame DURR

Amalgamabscheider DURR

Separador de amalgama DURR

55

97040377 97040539 97040675 120

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

DESCRIZIONE

POS.

ITALIANO

H

GRUPPO IDRICO

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione CS1 DURR Hydropneumatic wiring index: CS1 DURR suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration CS1 DURR Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem CS! DURR Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración CS1 DURR ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH HYDRO-GROUP

GROUPE HYDRIQUE

WASSEREINHEIT

97041112 REV.

PAGINA

4

NR. DI

1 1

ESPAÑOL GRUPO HIDRICO

Convogliatore cannule con filtro

Tube collector with filter

Conduit des canules avec filtre

Leitung Kanulen mit Filter

Transportador cánulas con filtro

118

Filtro aspirazione

Filter on suction line

Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration

Saugfilter

Filtro en la línea de aspiración

110

EV intercettazione cannula piccola

Shut-off valve, Small tube

EV de fermeture, petite canule

Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña

111

EV intercettazione cannula grande

Shut-off valve, Large tube

EV de fermeture, grande canule

Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule

Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

132

Unità di lavaggio Durr

Durr washing unit

Unité de lavage Durr

Washende Durr-Einheit

Unidad de lavado Durr

Schema elettrico: CS1 DURR

Wiring diagram: DURR CS1 system

Schemas electriques: Dispositif CS1 DURR

Schaltplan: CS1 DURR

Esquemas electricos: CS1 DURR

Separatore aspirazione

Suction system separator

Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration

Abscheider (Saugsystem)

Separador aspiración

22

97040417 97040541 97040677 19